Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic 1. The Supreme Court has ruled that a complete ban on handguns a. is a power of local governments. b. is a power of state governments. c. can only be enacted by the federal government. d. is constitutional. e. is unconstitutional. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 2. According to the Sixth Amendment, the accused a. has a right to a speedy trial. b. can be compelled to be a witness against himself. c. has a right to a private trial. d. has no right to due process. e. can be compelled to be a witness against himself and have a right to a private trial. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 3. Politics is a. a process that resolves conflict within a society. b. a struggle over power or influence within organizations or informal groups. c. a type of anti-social behavior by individuals. d. fundamentally irrelevant. e. a process that resolves conflict within a society and is a struggle over power or influence within organizations or informal groups. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 4. The struggle over power or influence within organizations that can grant benefits or privileges best defines a. a national government. b. a state government. c. politics. d. political science. e. elections. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 5. Government is a(n) that a. institution; has ultimate decision making authority
.
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic b. institution; is consistent in its powers across countries c. process; helps us choose our leaders d. series of laws; are imposed on us by a sovereign ruler e. place; allows for centralization of authority ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 6. Politics is a. a purely cooperative process. b. solely found in government. c. an institution. d. a functional organization. e. found in all aspects of society. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 7. An ongoing organization that performs certain functions for society is referred to as a. politics. b. a community. c. an initiative. d. a referendum. e. an institution. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 8. The effects of government can be found in a. the food you eat. b. the schools most children attend. c. the sales tax you pay on purchases. d. the distribution of the assets of the deceased. e. All of these are correct. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 9. The recent civil war in Syria is an example of a. the successful implementation of order by a government. b. the problems that every authoritarian government eventually faces. c. democracy taken to the extreme. d. a strong central authority. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic e. the lack of government as we normally understand it. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 10. "A state of peace and security" best defines a. politics. b. legitimacy. c. authority. d. liberty. e. order. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 11. A society in which the people have freedom but not peace and security has a. authority, but nor order. b. order, but not authority. c. liberty, but not order. d. order, but not liberty. e. authority, but not legitimacy. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 12. Liberty is a. freedom to do whatever you want. b. available only in the United States. c. the greatest freedom of the individual consistent with the freedom of other individuals. d. incompatible with government authority. e. a uniquely American value. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 13. Governments have authority when a. they adhere to special norms. b. people always obey the law. c. they control the media. d. they have the right and power to enforce their decisions. e. they establish liberty and order to societies. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Politics and Government Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 14. Legitimacy is a. the condition of having too much government. b. a popular acceptance of the right and power of a government or other entity to exercise liberty. c. a popular acceptance of the right and power of a government or other entity to exercise authority. d. only needed in times of emergency. e. possible with a narrow base of support. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 15. A government that has the power to make and enforce law but which lacks the acceptance of the people is said to have a. authority but not legitimacy. b. legitimacy but not authority. c. both authority and legitimacy. d. a democratic form of government. e. an authoritarian form of government. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 16. To say that authority has legitimacy is to a. say that authority is recognized by a few. b. say that authority is broadly accepted. c. imply that the ruler has not always been perceived as the legal power. d. suggest that decisions are of little practical value. e. imply that those in power do not have the good of the public in mind when making important decisions. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 17. A government in which the ruler fully controls government itself but largely stays out of religious and business institutions is a. a democratic republic. b. a direct democracy. c. a representative democracy. d. totalitarian. e. authoritarian. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic 18. Aristocracy means rule by a. the majority. b. wealthy families. c. highly qualified people. d. those who can read and write. e. religious leaders. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 19. The term used to describe "an absence of government" is a. anarchy. b. liberty. c. democracy. d. totalitariansim. e. authoritarianism. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 20. A referendum takes place when a. the Congress rejects a law passed by a state legislature. b. the U.S. Supreme Court rejects a law because it violates the U.S. Constitution. c. the president refers his or her budget plan to the Congress before the start of a fiscal year. d. a state legislature refers an act of legislation to the voters for approval or disapproval. e. voters choose the candidates who will represent their political party. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 21. A procedure allowing the people to vote to dismiss an elected official from state office before his or her term has expired is called a. a referendum. b. direct democracy. c. a recall. d. an initiative. e. popular sovereignty. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 22. Concern for the dangers of uneducated mob rule led James Madison and others of his time to caution against a. the right to bear arms. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic b. freedom of speech. c. democratic republics. d. popular sovereignty. e. direct democracy. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 23. The government of the United States is best described as a. a direct democracy. b. a confederation. c. a constitutional monarchy. d. an anarchy. e. a democratic republic. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 24. The concept of universal suffrage refers to a. the right of all adults to vote for a representative in government. b. the right of all citizens to run for office. c. the right of universal healthcare for all. d. the belief that all persons deserve a fair trial. e. a system of relationships between the states. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 25. The right to vote for all citizens has a. always been out of reach. b. expanded over time. c. been championed by the rich. d. always included undocumented immigrants. e. always included women. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 26. To ensure that majority rule does not become oppressive, modern democracies a. limit political participation to individuals who are properly educated. b. guarantee the rights of minorities. c. reject the concept of free, competitive elections. d. apply term limits to elected officials. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic e. require two-thirds support of the legislature before a law can be enacted. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.3 - LO3 27. The political theory holding that government ought to do what the majority of people want is a. pluralism. b. majoritarianism. c. elite theory. d. proportionalism. e. democratic centralism. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.3 - LO3 28. Elite theory a. implies that the president must come from the party that holds the majority in Congress. b. emphasizes governmental control over economic policy, but not social institutions. c. is viewed by political scientists as a theory that works well as a description of both how democracies should function and how democracies actually do function. d. indicates that a single ruler controls all aspects of the government, but not economic and social institutions. e. is the perspective that society is ruled by a small number of people who exercise power to further their selfinterests. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.3 - LO3 29. Theorists describe pluralism as a. the struggle between the poor and wealthy classes. b. the struggle among groups to gain benefits for their members. c. a theory of how democracy should not function. d. a way to settle disputes by armed conflict. e. a way for one group to dominate the political process. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.3 - LO3 30. The practical limitations of pluralism theory include a. the wealthy are overrepresented. b. one group may dominate the political process. c. conflict may divide the United States into hostile camps. d. individuals have more than one self-interest. e. All of these choices are true. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.3 - LO3 31. A political culture is a a. written set of codes that dictate political action. b. process that transmits value to immigrants and children. c. major problem for rulers of stable forms of government. d. patterned set of ideas, values, and ways of thinking about government and politics. e. manifestation of pluralism. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 32. The concept of political socialization refers to a. the process by which beliefs and values are transmitted to new immigrants and to our children. b. political movements in support of Socialism. c. the process by which religious values are transmitted only through the media. d. the gradual development of social programs within our national government. e. the government taking over the economic sector of the country. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 33. The dominant culture in U.S. political culture comes from Western European civilization. Which of the following values is NOT among those of the dominant culture? a. individualism b. private property c. economic equality d. Judeo-Christian ethics e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 34. In the United States, we have religious freedom, both to practice a religion of our choosing and to be free of stateimposed religions. This idea is one of many freedoms known as a. civil liberties. b. civil rights. c. citizenship rights. d. Democratic freedoms. e. Republican liberties. ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 35. In the United States, basic guarantees of liberty are found in a. the Declaration of Independence. b. the annual Congressional budget report. c. the Bill of Rights. d. the statement of Rights and Responsibilities. e. the National Rights Foundation. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 36. The periods after the Pearl Harbor attack and the September 11, 2001 terror attacks are similar in that a. calls were made to enhance security at the expense of civil liberties. b. liberties were largely maintained at the expense of national security. c. the United States declared a war on terrorism. d. the U.S. government suffered a loss of legitimacy. e. calls were made to enhance security at the expense of civil liberties, and the United States declared a war on terrorism. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 37. The concept that all people are of equal worth a. was fixed at the time of the Constitutional Convention of 1787. b. expanded in the nineteenth century but narrowed in the twentieth century. c. was extended and elaborated over time. d. has been limited in recent years. e. was extended only in the last twenty years. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 38. Capitalism is a. a political theory developed by Karl Marx. b. an economic system marked by the private ownership of wealth-creating assets, free markets, and freedom of contract. c. incompatible with property rights as a wealth-creating mechanism. d. named for the centralization of economic power in the capitol city. e. unpopular in the United States. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Fundamental Values Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 39. The capitalist system of the United States is based on a. private property rights. b. equal distribution of assets. c. economic equality. d. regulation of market forces. e. constraining the right to enter into contracts. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 40. The right to own property is all of the following EXCEPT a. a widespread desire in America. b. likely to provide power and liberty to those who own it. c. a source of economic instability. d. fundamental to the capitalist system. e. the promotion of economic equality. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 41. American citizens tend to a. believe that government should be big and active. b. believe that government should be small and restrained. c. hold contradictory opinions about the size of government and the role it should play in their lives. d. believe that government should be active in economic areas but not social areas. e. believe that government should be active in social areas but not economic areas. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 42. Americans tend to a. oppose big government, in principle. b. support big government, in principle. c. oppose social security. d. support high income taxes. e. hold consistent beliefs about the size and purpose of government. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 43. With regard to the size of government, which of the following statements is true? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic a. Americans agree that "big government" is good for the nation. b. All Americans are opposed to "big government." c. Americans express contradictory opinions on the size of government. d. Opposition to "big government" is a relatively new concept in American politics. e. Americans oppose "big government" as well as any benefits it may produce. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 44. In response to the Great Recession, a. employment quickly returned to pre-recession levels. b. the Tea Party movement fell from prominence. c. Congress became more cooperative. d. voters demanded government action, but did not like most government programs. e. voters solidly sided with one political party for nearly a decade. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 45. A comprehensive set of beliefs about the nature of people and the role of government is called a. a political culture. b. a dogma. c. an ideology. d. the political spectrum. e. political science. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 46. Conservatives endorse all of the following EXCEPT a. a limited role for the national government in helping individuals. b. government action to support traditional values. c. patriotism. d. redistribution of income. e. the belief that the individual is responsible for his or her own well-being. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 47. The following statement would be compatible with __________ ideology: “The government should have no role in providing health care for the country. People should provide their own health care.” a. liberal b. conservative Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic c. communist d. socialist e. extreme liberal ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 48. Liberals endorse all of the following EXCEPT a. civil rights. b. improving the welfare of individuals. c. a limited role for the government in helping individuals. d. government regulation of the economy. e. tolerance for political and social change. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 49. The following statement would be compatible with __________ ideology: “The government should act to create jobs during an economic crisis.” a. liberal b. conservative c. anarchist d. libertarian e. extreme conservative ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 50. Unlike liberals or conservatives, socialists advocate a. personal liberties. b. private property rights. c. market capitalism. d. private investment in governmental systems. e. replacing investor ownership of businesses by government ownership. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 51. Which of the following groups most supports laissez-faire capitalism? a. liberals b. conservatives c. communists d. socialists Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic e. libertarians ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 52. All of the following are true of libertarians EXCEPT that they a. support personal civil liberties. b. advocate redistribution of income. c. support laissez-faire capitalism. d. oppose most government activities. e. more strongly support property rights. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 53. The inability of Congressional Republicans and Democrats to agree on legislation is a result of a. political polarization. b. poll watching. c. the separation of powers. d. differing opinions about Congressional powers. e. the growing power of the presidency. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 54. Describe the consequence to the daily life of an average citizen in a country without the Bill of Rights. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 55. Should the U.S. Constitution include a Bill of Rights? Take a stance for or against a list of rights and liberties, being sure to discuss the consequences of that stance. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 56. Do you believe that pluralism or elite theory is the more accurate description of American politics? Why? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 57. Why does the mandate of equal treatment for all groups of Americans sometimes come into conflict with the concept of liberty? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 01 The Democratic Republic REFERENCES: Fundamental Values LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 58. Though democratic republic is the term most commonly applied to the United States' form of government, apply what you know of one non-democratic form of government (totalitarianism, authoritarianism, oligarchy, or aristocracy) and describe politics in the United States under that form of government. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 59. We often laud democracy as a form of government, but what are its weaknesses? Lay out what you see as the weaknesses of democratic forms of government and argue whether or not these weaknesses indicate a need to alter our form of government. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 60. Describe the different viewpoints on the role of government in society as promoted by liberals and conservatives. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4 61. Compare and contrast direct democracy to representative democracy. What are the advantages and disadvantages of each? In what situations might a direct democracy work? When is a representative democracy more feasible? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Democracy and Other Forms of Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.2 - LO2 62. To what extent are economic inequality and democratic forms of government compatible? Make an argument in which you answer this question, keeping in mind other key issues, such as order and liberty. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Politics and Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.1 - LO1 63. Compare and contrast the conservative and liberal positions on entitlement spending and discuss how these positions reflect their values with regard to liberty and equality. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Ideologies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.1.4 - LO4
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution 1. Almost all __________ have a(n) ___________ system of government. a. European countries; separation of powers b. European countries; parliamentary c. East Asian countries; parliamentary d. Latin American; parliamentary e. North American; authoritarian ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 2. The president of the United States is chosen by a. a popular vote of the people. b. the U.S. Senate. c. the House and Senate combined. d. the electoral college. e. the governors of the states. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 3. While the implementation of an electoral college has failed to keep presidential elections out of the hands of _____________, it has largely succeeded in keeping the election of presidents out of the hands of _____________. a. the people; Congress b. Congress; the people c. the people; the Supreme Court d. the Supreme Court; Congress e. Congress; the Supreme Court ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 4. In a parliamentary system a. the chief executive has little real power. b. the chief executive rotates between the heads of the major parties. c. a monarch chooses the chief executive. d. chief executives are chosen through a popular vote of the people. e. the legislature chooses the chief executive. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 5. A system of government in which the executive has few restraints and little difficulty in passing its programs is called a. effective government. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution b. limited government. c. democratic republicanism. d. direct democracy. e. the separation of powers. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 6. The American system, with multiple points at which various powers can block action, often leads to a. effective government. b. caretaker government. c. limited government. d. impeachments of government officials. e. a call for new elections. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 7. The creative thinkers who designed the Constitution were most influenced by a. the historical and political context of the civil war. b. the political philosophy of the time about how people should be governed. c. the historical experiences gained through trial of several forms of government during New World settlement. d. the historical experiences gained through trail of several forms of government during Old World settlement. e. the political philosophy of the time regarding how people should be governed, and the historical experiences gained through trial of several forms of government during New World settlement. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 8. The Jamestown colonists set a political precedent by a. allowing the governor to use a line-item veto. b. instituting a direct democracy. c. instituting a representative assembly. d. creating a judicial system. e. writing a constitutional document. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 9. The Jamestown colony was established as a. a trading post. b. a military fort. c. a settlement in Maryland. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution d. the first French settlement in the New World. e. a settlement for religious Separatists. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 10. The type of legislature set up by the colonists at Jamestown was known as a(n) a. representative assembly. b. social contract. c. monarchy. d. direct democracy. e. authoritarian regime. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 11. Most Constitutional principles a. have been altered by the Constitution's 53 amendments. b. are no longer valid, according to the Supreme Court. c. are very specific to the conditions of 1787. d. are too vague to be of much use. e. are sufficiently broad to be adapted to a changing society. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 12. The Mayflower Compact a. reaffirmed the pilgrims connection to the Church of England. b. affirmed that women should have equal rights with men. c. was necessary to preserve civil obedience and public authority. d. provided the basis for the first communist community in the United States. e. became the Articles of Confederation, the first constitution of the United States. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 13. The major historical and political significance of the Mayflower Compact was that it a. served as a prototype for many similar compacts. b. was the start of the first settlement in America. c. depended on the consent of the individuals involved. d. established the colony of Massachusetts. e. served as a prototype for many similar compacts and that it depended on the consent of the individuals involved. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 14. By 1732, the last of the colonies was established. How many colonies were there? a. ten b. eleven c. twelve d. thirteen e. fifteen ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 15. To pay for the defense of the colonies during the French and Indian War a. the British government sought compensation from the French. b. taxes were imposed equally across the British Empire. c. the British government decided to impose taxes on the American colonies. d. American colonists imposed a tax on themselves. e. the British government imposed a tax on the landed aristocracy of Britain. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 16. Taxes that the British attempted to impose on the American colonies in the years leading up to the Revolutionary War included all of the following EXCEPT a. the Sugar Act, which imposed a tax on sugar. b. the Stamp Act, which taxed legal documents and newspapers. c. duties on glass, lead, and paint. d. a tax on tea. e. an income tax. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 17. The closing of Boston Harbor by the Britist was all of the following EXCEPT a. a response to the Boston Tea Party. b. a part of the Coercive Acts passed by Parliament. c. seen as outrageous and intolerable by the American colonists. d. paired with British control over the Massachusetts government. e. a precursor to the stamp and sugar acts. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Colonial Background Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 18. The First Continental Congress a. declared independence from Britain. b. was held in Boston, Massachusetts. c. urged colonists to purchase British goods to win favor with the king. d. encouraged the colonists to petition King George III to express their grievances. e. produced a document that the colonists found to be coercive. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 19. One of the main actions of the Second Continental Congress was to a. establish an army and appoint a commander in chief. b. sign a treaty with Britain prohibiting trade with France. c. sign a treaty with France to declare war on Britain. d. create a unitary government in America. e. establish a document with ambitious designs to separate from Britain. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 20. Thomas Paine’s pamphlet Common Sense advocated a. the formation of a new government that would still be loyal to the king. b. the establishment of a government that would limit further immigration. c. an end of hostilities toward Britain. d. the idea that the formation of the country’s own government was a “natural right.” e. the repeal of all taxes, including those the colonists had imposed on themselves. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 21. The first draft of the Declaration of Independence was written by a. John Locke. b. John Adams. c. Thomas Jefferson. d. George Washington. e. Benjamin Franklin. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 22. “We hold these Truths to be self-evident, that all Men are created equal” are the first words of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution a. the Constitution of the United States of America. b. the Declaration of Independence. c. the Magna Carta. d. the United Nations Charter. e. the Bill of Rights. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 23. A voluntary agreement among individuals to secure their rights and welfare by creating a government and abiding by its rules is called a. a confederation. b. a social contract. c. a syndicate. d. a constitution. e. a natural law. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 24. English philosopher John Locke believed that the main purpose of government was to a. defend against foreign enemies. b. protect man’s natural rights of life, liberty, and property. c. raise taxes to build an army. d. promote equality under the law. e. promote religious separatism. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 25. Which of the following is NOT true of the Declaration of Independence? a. It listed the colonists’ grievances against England. b. It established the legitimacy of the United States as a new nation. c. It listed reasons for dissolving the tie with Great Britain. d. It established a constitutional government. e. It gave the people the rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness and to alter the government if it became destructive of the people’s rights. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 26. A unicameral legislature is one with a. only one body or house. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution b. only one major political party. c. the power to choose the chief executive. d. no limits on its powers. e. only one major political party and no limits on its powers. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 27. The term confederation or confederal refers to a. a system in which most power is with the central government. b. a voluntary association in which states have most of the power. c. a system in which state and local governments have equal power with the central government. d. a national legislature. e. the southern states where slavery was legal. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 28. The Articles of Confederation a. provided for a bicameral legislature. b. established a strong executive branch. c. allowed the states to retain most of the power. d. created a way to raise taxes to fund an army. e. ended slavery. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 29. The most basic weakness of __________ was __________. a. the Constitution; the lack of a power to tax b. the Constitution; the lack of a strong executive branch c. the Articles of Confederation; Congress's lack of the power to conduct foreign policy d. the Articles of Confederation; Congress's lack of power to declare war e. the Articles of Confederation; the inability of Congress to raise funds ANSWER: e REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 30. The Constitutional Convention in 1787 was brought on by the a. publication of the Treaty of Paris. b. request of President Washington. c. failure of the Articles of Confederation. d. publication of the Declaration of Independence. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution e. end of the Revolutionary War. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 31. Of the delegates at the Constitutional Convention a. most were members of the upper class. b. a majority came from professional backgrounds. c. most represented a cross-section of American society. d. most were senior statesmen with governmental experience. e. most were members of the upper class, and a majority came from professional backgrounds. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 32. Among the delegates to the Constitutional Convention, only Alexander Hamilton proposed a. a separation of powers. b. a republican form of government. c. an electoral college. d. sticking with the Articles of Confederation. e. establishing an American monarchy. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 33. The Virginia Plan a. called for a bicameral legislature. b. worked to the advantage of small states. c. provided for the direct election of a president by the people. d. settled all controversy. e. worked to the advantage of small states, and provided for the direct election of a president by the people. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 34. The New Jersey Plan called for all of the following EXCEPT a. Congress would elect several people to form an executive office. b. the elimination of a Supreme Court. c. the ability of Congress to regulate trade and impose taxes. d. acts of Congress would be the supreme law of the land. e. the principle of one state, one vote. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 35. The assertion that national law trumps state law was part of __________ in __________. a. the nationalist doctrine; the New Jersey Plan b. the nationalist doctrine; the Virginia Plan c. the supremacy doctrine; the New Jersey Plan d. the supremacy doctrine; the Virginia Plan e. the supremacy doctrine; the New York Plan ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 36. The Great Compromise a. was advanced by the delegates from Georgia. b. proposed a bicameral legislature with equal representation in the Senate. c. was presented too late to be considered. d. was proposed by Texas. e. proposed a unicameral legislature in which each state would have one vote. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 37. The Three-Fifths Compromise did all of the following EXCEPT a. illustrate the power of the southern states at the convention. b. partially apportion the House of Representatives and the electoral college on the basis of property. c. give African Americans representation that was equal to what free whites received. d. give more voting power to southern slave owners. e. fail to address the slave trade directly. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 38. The concept of separation of powers was included in the Constitution to prevent a. disputes between the federal and state governments. b. the imposition of export taxes. c. a major dispute over power between the House and the Senate. d. disputes over power between Congress and the president. e. tyranny by either the majority or the minority. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 39. The __________ concern for their economic livelihood led to __________. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution a. Northern states'; the separation of powers b. Northern states'; a promise to never abolish the slave trade c. Southern states'; them gaining a majority of seats in the new House of Representatives d. Southern states'; a promise to never abolish the slave trade e. Southern states'; a promise to not impose export taxes ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 40. With regard to the system of courts, delegates to the Constitutional Convention decided to do all of the following EXCEPT a. allow presidents to nominate Supreme Court justices. b. create both a Supreme Court and a system of lower courts. c. allow the Senate to confirm justices to the Supreme Court. d. allow Congress to establish lower courts. e. create a Supreme Court. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 41. The approval of __________ in __________ was required to ratify the new Constitution. a. special state conventions; all thirteen states b. special state conventions; nine out of thirteen states c. state legislatures; all thirteen states d. state legislatures; nine out of thirteen states e. the voting public; all thirteen states ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 42. The central government set up by the Constitution was seen to be likely ______________ by an Anti-Federalist but as ______________ by a Federalist. a. necessary; dictatorial b. overbearing and burdensome; necessary c. corrupt; benevolent d. authoritarian; libertarian e. corrupt and authoritarian; benevolent and libertarian. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 43. The General Welfare clause of the Constitution is important because it a. established the economic welfare programs we have today. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution b. helped to outlaw slavery, by providing for slaves' welfare. c. weakened the Constitution, relative to the Articles of Confederation. d. could mean almost anything. e. provided for the well-being of military officers. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 44. The Anti-Federalists a. lived in urban areas. b. attended the Constitutional Convention. c. supported a strong central government. d. opposed the new Constitution. e. lived in urban areas and attended the Constitutional Convention. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 45. The Federalists a. supported the new Constitution. b. were mostly rural people from the lower classes. c. did not attend the Constitutional Convention. d. supported the status quo. e. were mostly rural people from the lower classes and did not attend the Constitutional Convention. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 46. Charles Beard hypothesized that the Constitution was produced by __________ in order to __________. a. wealthy property owners; protect their property b. abolitionists; abolish slavery c. the poor; build economic welfare d. the politically elite; control the bulk of the government's power e. the poor; push toward class based revolution ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 47. The Bill of Rights provided for a. the protection of individual liberties from state governments. b. the protection of individual liberties from the national government. c. equal protection under the law. d. protection against state infringements on the freedoms of conscience, the press, and jury trial. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution e. the protection of individual liberties from the national government, and protection against state infringements on the freedoms of conscience, the press, and jury trial. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 48. All of the following are true of the Bill of Rights EXCEPT a. it is sometimes called the Bill of Limits. b. it was not originally included in the Constitution. c. it is the first Ten Amendments to the Constitution. d. it was instrumental in securing ratification of the Constitution. e. it is a separate document and not a part of the Constitution. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 49. The rights and liberties enjoyed in the United States are found in a. the Articles of Confederation. b. the Bill of Rights. c. the Constitution as originally written. d. the Constitution as originally written AND the Bill of Rights. e. the Declaration of Independence. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 50. The Bill of Rights was drafted by a. George Washington. b. Thomas Jefferson. c. James Madison. d. John Adams. e. Benjamin Franklin. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 51. While there are multiple possibilities to formally amend the Constitution, the most common method has been for __________ to propose new amendments and for _________ to ratify them. a. the people; Congress b. a national convention; state legislatures c. Congress; state legislatures d. a national convention; special state conventions e. Congress; special state conventions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 52. A constitutional amendment can be proposed by a. a national convention called by Congress at the request of two-thirds of the state legislatures. b. a two-thirds vote in each chamber of Congress. c. the legislatures in two-thirds of the states. d. a majority vote in both chambers of Congress, provided the amendment is not vetoed by the president. e. a national convention called by Congress at the request of two-thirds of the state legislatures, and/or a twothirds vote in each chamber of Congress. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 53. A constitutional amendment can be ratified by a. a positive vote in conventions in three-fourths of the states. b. a positive vote in the legislatures of three-fourths of the states. c. a two-thirds vote in both houses of Congress. d. the legislatures in two-thirds of the states. e. a positive vote in conventions in three-fourths of the states, and/or a positive vote in the legislatures of threefourths of the states. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 54. The only formal method used so far to propose an amendment to the Constitution is a. the popular vote of the people. b. a two-thirds vote in favor of it by both houses of Congress. c. state legislatures or conventions in three-fourths of the states. d. a national convention. e. a proposal by the president. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 55. The voting age of eighteen was set by a. Congress. b. the Twenty-Sixth Amendment. c. the Nineteenth Amendment. d. the Supreme Court. e. the states. ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 56. The constitutional amendment process was designed to be __________ in order to ________________. a. easy; let the majority direct the country b. easy; allow the document to change with the times c. difficult; promote a competition of ideas d. difficult; preserve the original vision of the founders e. difficult; prevent tyranny of the majority ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 57. The time limit for ratification of Constitutional Amendments a. can be set by Congress. b. was set to one year by the framers of the Constitution. c. never expires. d. is two years, beginning when the first state ratifies an amendment. e. is always five years, as established by Congress. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 58. __________ is/are the power by which __________. a. Oversight; Congress weighs in on the constitutionality of laws b. Judicial review; Congress may evaluate the effectiveness of the Supreme Court c. Judicial review; the courts may weigh in on the constitutionality of laws d. Executive agreements; presidents work with the Supreme Court to ensure their actions are constitutional e. Executive agreements; presidents induce their supporters in Congress to introduce legislation ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 59. The power of the Supreme Court to declare actions of the other branches of government to be unconstitutional is known as a. judicial review. b. judicial activism. c. legislative ratification. d. the supremacy doctrine. e. the Madisonian model. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution 60. International agreements between the president and a foreign head of state that do not require legislative approval are known as a. treaties. b. executive agreements. c. contracts. d. memoranda of understanding. e. executive orders. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 61. Describe the purpose of the various colonial settlements and the motivations for emigration to the New World. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 62. Consider the actions of the British government toward its colonies and the "unalienable rights" listed in the Declaration of Independence and discuss the ways in which British actions prior to the Revolutionary War did or did not violate these rights. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Colonial Background LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.1 - LO1 63. Compare and contrast the structures of government formed under the Articles of Confederation and the U.S. Constitution. How are the colonists’ historical experiences reflected in each document? How did the weaknesses of the Articles lead to a different structure in the Constitution? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: An Independent Confederation LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 64. Describe the competing interests of the small states and the large states. How were these conflicting interests resolved in the final version of the Constitution in 1787? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 65. Explain Madison's idea of the separation of powers. Detail how it works in the U.S. government and what effects it its supposed to have. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 66. Consider the idea of a social contract, as depicted in the Declaration of Independence. Does the Constitution put forth by the framers succeed or fail in meeting the demands of that earlier social contract? Be detailed and specific about what elements in the Constitution support or defy the logic of the Declaration. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 02 Forging a New Government: The Constitution ANSWER: REFERENCES:
Students' answers may vary. An Independent Confederation The Constitutional Convention LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.2 - LO2 AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.3 - LO3 67. The Constitution’s ratification process included arguments for and against ratification by Federalists and AntiFederalists, respectively. Describe and evaluate the arguments expressed by both of these groups. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 68. Discuss the importance of the Bill of Rights in terms of its role in the constitutional ratification process. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Difficult Road to Ratification LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.4 - LO4 69. Describe the methods of proposing and ratifying a constitutional amendment. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5 70. Thus far, all successful Constitutional Amendments have come from Congress, rather than state conventions. Craft an argument in which you take a stance on this fact, being sure to use both modern and original understandings of the role of the Constitution in your argument. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Altering the Constitution LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.2.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism 1. The legalization of marijuana a. has been led by the federal government. b. has been led by the state governments. c. has been led by local governments. d. is prohibited by the Constitution. e. requires a Constitutional Amendment. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 2. The legalization of marijuana in some states had led to all of the following EXCEPT a. an increase in tax revenues. b. an increase in marijuana hospitalizations. c. an increase in marijuana overdose deaths. d. the opening of marijuana shops. e. a decline in drug arrests. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 3. High school students who use marijuana a. are less likely to get into college than non-users. b. tend to get better grades than non-users. c. have higher IQs than non-users. d. are prohibited from getting drivers licenses in many states. e. are prohibited from gaining employment, despite marijuana legalization. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 4. In a unitary system of government, ultimate government authority is located at a. the state or provincial level. b. the local or municipal level. c. the regional level. d. the national or central level. e. the state or provincial level and the local or municipal level. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 5. A _____________ system of government is one in which the central government has ______________. a. federal; almost all the power b. unitary; equal power with the states/provinces Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism c. unitary; almost all the power d. federal; almost no real power e. confederal; almost all the power ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 6. Someone preferring a strong national authority might like a __________, while someone wanting a weak national authority would prefer __________. a. a federal system; a confederal system b. a federal system; a unitary system c. a confederal system; a unitary system d. a unitary system; a confederal system e. a unitary system; a federal system ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 7. A _____________ system of government is one in which the central government has ______________. a. federal; almost all the power b. confederal; equal power with the states/provinces c. unitary; equal power with the states/provinces d. federal; almost no real power e. confederal; almost no real power ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 8. All of the following are true EXCEPT a. in unitary systems, the power is held by the central government. b. in confederal systems, the power is held by the subdivisional units or states. c. in federal systems, the power is held jointly by the national government and the subdivisional units or states. d. in federal systems, the power is held by the national government. e. in unitary systems, the power is not held by the subdivisional units or states. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 9. In a federal political system, authority is a. always vested in a bicameral legislature. b. divided between the central government and regional or subdivisional governments. c. bestowed upon the central government, with no power being granted to the regional governments. d. concentrated in a unicameral legislature within a strong central government. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism e. exercised by the national government only insofar as these powers are granted by the states. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 10. All of the following factors led the founders to realize that a unitary system of government would be difficult to operate EXCEPT a. slow communication. b. slow means of travel. c. large geographic spread among states. d. isolation among regions within the states. e. too few states participating. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 11. Which of the following is NOT a defense of federalism? a. Political experimentation at the state level can be used to see if policies are workable. b. The government is in closer contact with the people because of the role given to state governments. c. It allows for differences among the regions of the country. d. The national government has all the power so states play a small role. e. It is a better system for the United States than a unitary system because of the size of the country. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 12. Arguments against federalism include all of the following EXCEPT a. state interests can impede national plans. b. dominant groups in some states and localities have resisted equal rights for minority groups. c. there is greater inequality across the states. d. states and localities can block progress. e. the supremacy of state laws over national laws makes it difficult to craft a universal policies for the country. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 13. The expressed or enumerated powers include the ability of the federal government to a. coin money, set standards for weights and measures, and determine rules for citizenship. b. declare war and establish post offices. c. increase the number of federal courts. d. set up the national central banking system. e. coin money, set standards for weights and measures, determine rules for citizenship, and to declare war and establish post offices. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 14. The clause in the Constitution that grants Congress the power to do whatever is necessary to execute its enumerated or expressed powers is called a. the elastic or necessary and proper clause. b. the supremacy clause. c. the concurrent clause. d. the reserved powers clause. e. the due process clause. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 15. Inherent powers derive from the fact that the United States is a. a democratic republic. b. a confederation formed by state governments. c. a sovereign power among nations. d. a federal system. e. explicitly entitled by the Constitution to annex new territory. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 16. Police power is a. the authority to legislate for the health, welfare, safety, and morals of the people. b. reserved for the federal government to fight terrorism. c. delegated to the states to make laws not prohibited by the national or state constitutions. d. the power of local police to stop drivers suspected of being illegal immigrants. e. the authority to legislate for the health, welfare, safety, and morals of the people, and is delegated to the states to make laws not prohibited by the national or state constitutions. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 17. Seeking trade, waging war, and entering into treaties are all a part of the United States' a. enumerated powers. b. inherent powers. c. expressed powers. d. separated powers. e. police powers. ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 18. State governments have ________________ but lack ___________________. a. enumerated powers; reserved powers b. reserved powers; concurrent powers c. concurrent powers; reserved powers d. reserved and concurrent powers; enumerated and inherent powers e. reserved and enumerated powers; inherent powers ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 19. Powers held jointly by the national and state governments are called a. cooperative powers. b. statutory powers. c. reserved powers. d. concurrent powers. e. inherent powers. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 20. States cannot use their powers to thwart national policy because of a. the supremacy clause. b. the necessary and proper clause. c. the general welfare clause. d. the federalist clause. e. the expressed powers clause. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 21. States have the power to ________________ but cannot _________________. a. impose taxes on income and license marriages; make treaties or wage war with foreign nations b. enter into treaties with foreign nations; wage war c. regulate marriage and divorce; impose taxes on income d. impose taxes on income; license marriages e. enter into treaties with foreign nations and regulate marriage and divorce; wage war or impose taxes on income. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism 22. Minimum wage laws are __________ but __________. a. popular among voters; unpopular among economists b. popular among economists; unpopular among voters c. popular among Republicans; unpopular among Democrats d. unpopular among voters; popular among non-voters e. popular among economists; unpopular among bureaucrats ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 23. "Full faith and credit" means that states must a. prosecute individuals who have broken other states' laws. b. return persons fleeing justice back to their home state. c. honor the public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of other states. d. extend to citizens of other states the privileges and immunities of its own citizens. e. prosecute individuals who have broken other sates' laws and honor the public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of other states. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 24. An agreement between two or more states is a. shared governance. b. an interstate compact. c. an intrastate treaty. d. a cooperative agreement. e. unconstitutional. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 25. The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey is an example of a. an interstate accord. b. an interstate compact. c. an interstate accommodation. d. a multi-state compact. e. a multi-state accord. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 26. The famous court case of McCulloch v. Maryland dealt with the issue of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism a. the supremacy clause. b. legalizing slavery. c. the commerce clause. d. of police power. e. of abolishing slavery. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 27. All of the following are true about the case of McCulloch v. Maryland EXCEPT that a. the case dealt with the issue of implied powers of the federal government. b. one issue was whether the federal government could create a national bank. c. the decision allowed the federal government to grow and expand. d. the decision upheld the right of the federal government to use the necessary and proper clause. e. the Supreme Court ruled that the national government could only use its express powers. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 28. The commerce clause is the basis for a. the states' increasing economic powers. b. the decline of international trade. c. the expansion of federal power, especially in the 20th century. d. the decline of federal power, especially in the 20th century. e. the expansion of voting rights. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 29. In the case of Gibbons v. Ogden a. the national government lost the power to regulate intrastate commerce. b. state governments won the right to control navigation in interstate waters. c. the power to regulate interstate commerce was determined to be an exclusive national power of the federal government. d. the ruling provided the national government with decreasing power over economic affairs throughout the land. e. the Supreme Court found that commerce was defined as the exchange of goods and not navigation or transport of people. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 30. When Congress passed a tariff in 1828, South Carolina tried to nullify it to a. assert the power of the state governments over the national government. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism b. indicate that a state should have the ultimate authority over its citizens. c. protect slavery. d. increase the price of exported and imported goods. e. assert the power of the state governments over the national government and to indicate that a state should have the ultimate authority over its citizens. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 31. After early rulings by the Supreme Court increased the power of the national government, states sought a shift back to states’ rights due to a. increasing divisions between the North and the South over the slavery issue. b. conflict over congressional passage of a tariff on trade in 1828. c. concern over expanding power by the federal government in the regulation of commerce. d. conflict over the role of the national government and that of the states. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 32. The controversy that led to the Civil War was a. the dispute over states’ rights and national supremacy. b. interstate commerce. c. the application of the Bill of Rights to the states. d. taxation. e. the admission of Texas into the union. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 33. The Civil War led to the expansion of national governmental power in all of the following ways EXCEPT a. thousands of new government workers were hired. b. the federal government passed its first billion dollar budget. c. an income tax was imposed on citizens for the first time. d. Constitutional amendments were passed restricting states' control over citizen rights. e. governors of Confederate states were directly appointed by the U.S. President. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 34. After the Civil War, the __________ Amendment abolished slavery while the __________ Amendment gave African Americans the right to vote. a. Thirteenth; Fourteenth Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism b. Thirteenth; Fifteenth c. Fourteenth; Fifteenth d. Fourteenth; Thirteenth e. Fifteenth; Thirteenth ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 35. The Civil War amendments a. abolished slavery. b. sought to guarantee equal rights under state laws. c. gave the right to vote to African Americans. d. defined who was a citizen of the United States. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 36. Over time, the Supreme Court has interpreted the __________ to mean that the Bill of Rights also applies to state governments. a. Thirteenth Amendment b. Fourteenth Amendment c. Fifteenth Amendment d. Nineteenth Amendment e. Twentieth Amendment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 37. After the Civil War, the Supreme Court a. limited the police power to the national government. b. declared a ban on child labor as unconstitutional. c. allowed Congress great latitude in regulating commerce. d. supported a strong central government and reduced state power. e. tended to oppose dual federalism and supported single federalism. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 38. A style of federalism in which the states and national government act as equals with independent spheres of authority is a. fiscal federalism. b. mandate federalism. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism c. New Deal federalism. d. cooperative federalism e. dual federalism. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 39. A government program that is funded by the national government but run and managed by state governments is emblematic of a. dual federalism. b. cooperative federalism. c. enumerated powers. d. reserved powers. e. the supremacy clause. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 40. All are true of federal grants EXCEPT that they a. increased significantly during the twentieth century. b. have been used for education, pollution, and highway construction. c. have quadrupled in the amount of dollars given by the national government. d. are given by the states for national projects. e. have given the national government a much greater role in state governments. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 41. The federal government supplies a. an increasing share of state and local government revenues. b. a decreasing share of the state and local government revenue. c. revenue to state governments in the form of block and categorical grants. d. revenue to state governments in the form of federal mandates. e. an increasing share of state and local government revenues, and revenue to state governments in the form of block and categorical grants. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 42. Grants given to the states to fund specific programs are called ___________, while grants given for less restrictive purposes are called __________. a. categorical grants; block grants b. block grants; categorical grants Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism c. mandates; categorical grants d. block grants; mandates e. cooperative grants; block grants ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 43. Since the Great Depression a. local government spending is greater than central government spending in total dollars. b. central government spending is greater than local government spending in total dollars. c. government spending has decreased in both the local and central government sectors. d. spending has increased faster as a percentage of all government spending at the local level than at the national level. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 44. Some federal grants, such as categorical grants, ____________, while others, such as block grants, ____________. a. are for social welfare projects; are for maintenance of infrastructure b. fund only individual citizens; fund only projects for states and localities c. permit only government officials to spend funds; allow the public at large to guide funding d. fund projects in broad categories; impede states' abilities to spend as they wish e. fund specific programs or projects; give states greater flexibility in spending ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 45. A federal grant that funds a general functional area with fewer restrictions on the states is a a. matching grant. b. program grant. c. federal mandate. d. block grant. e. waiver. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 46. In response to the Great Recession of 2000s, we initially saw _________________, followed by _________________. a. a boost in federal funding to the states; states cutting spending and government employment b. a boost in federal funding to the states; job growth in states' governments c. major cuts to federal spending; increased taxes to reduce the deficit d. major cuts to federal spending; growth in private business employment Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism e. significant job losses; major cuts in federal spending ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 47. Strings attached to federal grants are a. called federal mandates. b. designed to force states to comply with federal policies. c. designed to force states to save money. d. called federal rules. e. called federal mandates and are designed to force states to comply with federal policies. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 48. Federal mandates are a. rules for operation in the Supreme Court. b. requirements attached to state laws to dispense state grants. c. requirements in federal legislation that force states to comply with federal rules. d. always accompanied by ample federal funding to cover costs of the mandate. e. unconstitutional. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 49. Which of the following can be said of a "favorable business environment"? a. It can result from competitive federalism. b. It can result from state spending on infrastructure. c. It can result from a well-educated workforce. d. It can result in businesses paying lower taxes. e. All of the above are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 50. National authority has traditionally been preferred by a. liberals. b. conservatives. c. libertarians. d. those who are culturally conservative but economically liberal. e. the southern states. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 51. __________ have traditionally favored state government over federal government. a. Liberals b. Conservatives c. Socialists d. Southern states e. Individuals who are culturally conservative but economically liberal ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 52. In regard to federalism a. conflicts between states and the federal government have largely subsided. b. expansion of national authority has typically been an engine of social change. c. often states’ rights are not used to support the status quo. d. All of these choices are true. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 53. Devolution is defined as a. the transfer of government power from the national government to state governments. b. the transfer of power from state governments to local governments. c. the transfer of government from federalism to confederalism. d. the process of moving from dual federalism to cooperative federalism. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 54. In the years after 1968, there was a transfer of power from the national government to the state governments. This transfer of power is called a. cooperative federalism. b. revolution. c. regression. d. devolution. e. dual federalism. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism 55. Under Presidents Nixon and Reagan, we saw a __________, mainly through __________. a. centralization of power; use of the supremacy clause b. centralization of power; use of the commerce clause c. centralization of power; Constitutional amendments d. devolution of power to the states; block grants e. devolution of power to the states; categorical grants ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 56. Since the mid-1990s, the Supreme Court’s decisions on federalism have a. continued the precedents established by John Marshall in McCulloch v. Maryland and Gibbons v. Ogden. b. provided a broad interpretation of the commerce clause that justifies extensive national involvement in many areas. c. allowed the federal government to involve itself in areas that are primarily local in character. d. shown a willingness to allow the federal government to extend its power when it deals with sensitive areas such as gun control and violence against women. e. been establishing limits on the powers of the national government under the commerce clause. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 57. While most __________ would be pleased that the Supreme Court upheld the individual insurance mandate of the Affordable Care Act, most __________ would be encouraged that the Court made Medicaid expansion optional for the states. a. conservatives; libertarians b. conservatives; liberals c. socialists; liberals d. states' right activists; liberals e. liberals; conservatives ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 58. Through recent decisions on immigration and voting rights, the Supreme Court has a. sent a consistently pro-states' rights message. b. sent a consistently anti-states' rights message. c. avoided addressing states' rights and powers altogether. d. sent a mixed message on states' rights. e. encouraged the nullification of national laws. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism 59. In United States v. Windsor, the Supreme Court found that a. states must recognize same sex marriages performed in other states. b. states may refuse to recognize same sex marriages performed in other states. c. the federal government must recognize state approved same sex marriages. d. the federal government may refuse to recognize state approved same sex marriages. e. all states must legalize same sex marriage. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 60. The Supreme Court's recent ruling on the Voting Rights Act a. overturned parts of the act, taking power away from the states. b. overturned parts of the act, making for a major states' rights victory. c. upheld the act, taking power away from the states. d. upheld the act, making for a major states' rights victory. e. opened the way for voting by non-citizens. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 61. Compare the features of federalism with one other form of government (unitary or confederal) and craft an argument in which you demonstrate why one of these styles of government is superior. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 62. Explain the concept of concurrent powers and provide examples. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 63. Give examples of powers reserved for state governments and provide the constitutional source of that power. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Constitutional Basis for American Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.2 - LO2 64. From 1801 to 1835, the Supreme Court was headed by Chief Justice John Marshall, a Federalist, who advocated a strong central government. Using cases heard by the Supreme Court during that period, show how John Marshall’s political belief affected the relationship between states and the federal government. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 65. Lay out the basic arguments for and against a federal system of government and take a stance on this disagreement. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 03 Federalism ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Federalism and Its Alternatives LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.1 - LO1 66. Discuss the states' rights argument of the Civil War and the ways in which this war did or did not lead to expanded states' rights. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Defining Constitutional Powers--the Early Years LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.3 - LO3 67. Compare dual and cooperative federalism, being sure to use examples from U.S. political history to highlight their differences. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. DIFFICULTY: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 68. Compare and contrast categorical and block grants. How do federal mandates have an impact on the states when getting grant money and different types of federal grants? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Continuing Dispute over the Division of Power LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.4 - LO4 69. Discuss the conflict between states' rights and powers to control the institution of marriage with their constitutional obligations toward the citizens and legal acts of other states. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5 70. In light of recent Supreme Court decisions on issues as diverse as voting rights, same-sex marriage, immigration, and healthcare, craft an argument in which you discuss whether power is shifting toward or away from the states and assess this move as good or bad for politics. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Politics of Federalism LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.3.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties 1. If the Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade a. abortions would be illegal in the United States. b. health insurance companies would determine eligibility for abortions. c. the authority to regulate abortion would fall to the states. d. abortions would only be legal in the first trimester of the pregnancy. e. abortions would be deemed “an invasion of privacy.” ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of Our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 2. A court order to bring a prisoner before the court is a/an a. bill of attainder. b. writ of habeas corpus. c. ex post facto law. d. writ of incorporation. e. holding. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of Our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 3. As originally presented in the Constitution, the Bill of Rights a. limited only the power of the national government, not that of the states. b. protected citizens from all forms of government. c. protected citizens from the national and state governments, but not from local governments. d. limited only the power of state governments. e. contained no language on religion. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of Our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 4. Prior to the __________ and the process of incorporation, ______________. a. Fourteenth Amendment; citizens of different states had different sets of civil liberties b. First Amendment; most states were officially Roman Catholic c. Second Amendment; all firearms were owned by the state governments d. Third Amendment; most American households quartered one or more soldiers e. Sixth Amendment; most criminal convictions were done without a trial ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of Our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 5. A law that inflicts punishment without a trial is a. a bill of attainder. b. an ex post facto law. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties c. a writ of habeas corpus. d. a free exercise clause. e. an exclusionary rule. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 6. The Supreme Court began incorporating the Bill of Rights to the states in 1925, with a case involving ___________, and has done so as recently as 2010, with a case involving ____________. a. cruel and unusual punishments; due process b. the right to bear arms; freedom of religion c. freedom of the press; due process d. freedom of speech; the right to bear arms e. freedom of speech; freedom of assembly ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 7. The incorporation theory a. provides for congressional oversight into multi-national corporations. b. allows companies to incorporate through government application. c. provides for government oversight to corporations doing business with the government. d. is the view that the provisions of the Bill of Rights are extended to individuals for protection against state actions. e. holds the view that most of the protections of the Bill of Rights apply to foreign government activities through the Fourteenth Amendment. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 8. The fact that the Supreme Court denied the national government the power to fully ban handguns in 2008, yet a later 2010 decision was needed to apply this same rule to the states is emblematic of a. the power of the states. b. the weakness of the federal government. c. the slowness with which federal rules apply to the states. d. the doctrine of incorporation. e. the power of the states and the weakness of the federal government. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 9. The basis of freedom of religion is found in which two principles in the Bill of Rights? a. the establishment clause and the general welfare clause b. the general welfare clause and the supremacy clause Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties c. the supremacy clause and the free exercise clause d. the establishment clause and the free exercise clause e. the free exercise clause and the general welfare clause ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 10. The idea of the separation of church and state was coined by __________, who was referring to __________. a. Benjamin Franklin; the free exercise clause of the First Amendment b. James Madison; the free exercise clause of the First Amendment c. James Madison; the establishment clause of the First Amendment d. Thomas Jefferson; the free exercise clause of the First Amendment e. Thomas Jefferson; the establishment clause of the First Amendment ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 11. All of the following are true of the First Amendment's establishment clause EXCEPT a. it has been used to decide the actions of government allowing or prohibiting school prayer. b. it means that neither the federal government nor state governments can set up a church. c. it was described by Thomas Jefferson as providing a wall of separation between church and state. d. it allows for the free exercise of religion. e. it has been applied to questions of the legality of state and local government aid to religious organizations and schools. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 12. In Lemon v. Kurtzman, the Supreme Court found that a. government assistance to religious institutions must advance religious activities. b. government programs may advance one particular religion over another. c. the government must avoid excessive entanglement with religion. d. government aid may be used to purchase prayer books and religious music. e. government funding may support religious (non-secular) activities. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 13. A concern with school vouchers is that they may be used at religious schools and, therefore, violate the a. establishment clause. b. supremacy clause. c. free exercise clause. d. Fifth Amendment. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties e. exclusionary rule. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 14. In Engel v. Vitale, the Supreme Court held that a. it violates the establishment clause for government to compose official prayers. b. it violates the free exercise clause for government to compose official prayers. c. it violates the establishment clause for government to support school vouchers. d. it violates the free exercise clause for government to support school vouchers. e. it is constitutional for government to sponsor school prayer if it is voluntary. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 15. Advocates of the teaching of intelligent design alongside or in place of evolution have had some success in ____________ but have had very little success in ____________. a. persuading teachers; persuading school administrators b. convincing the scientific community; convincing the public c. winning court cases; getting laws passed by state legislatures d. getting laws passed by state legislatures; winning court cases e. persuading teachers and convincing the scientific community; persuading school administrators or convincing the public. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 16. All of the following are true about religious displays on public property EXCEPT a. court cases over these issues have been ruled upon under the establishment clause. b. religious displays have been allowed in certain situations. c. displays of a crèche at Christmastime may be allowed if non-secular displays are also being shown. d. nativity scenes have been allowed to be displayed by themselves. e. displays such as lights, Santa Claus, and reindeer have been allowed. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 17. The free exercise clause, protecting freedom of religious practice, is found in the a. Fifth Amendment. b. First Amendment. c. establishment clause. d. Second Amendment. e. religious amendment. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 18. The free exercise clause a. limits the national government from prohibiting people from practicing their religions. b. is part of the First Amendment. c. allows the national government to exercise control over free speech. d. helps state governments to provide charter schools. e. limits the national government from prohibiting people from practicing their religions and is part of the First Amendment. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 19. Prior restraint is a. used by Congress to hold secret committee meetings. b. a method used by the government to get terrorists to talk. c. another term for censorship, when expression is involved. d. restraining an activity, such as expression, before that activity has actually occurred. e. another term for censorship, when expression is involved and is restraining an activity, such as expression, before that activity has actually occurred. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 20. New York Times v. United States a. affirmed the no-prior-restraint doctrine in the Pentagon Papers case. b. upheld the government’s right to let the public have information about Vietnam. c. punished the New York Times for publishing secret documents. d. affirmed the free speech of students in public schools. e. affirmed the no-prior-restraint doctrine in the Pentagon Papers case and punished the New York Times for publishing secret documents. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 21. Our clothing, gestures, and movements fall into the category of ________________, which is generally ________________. a. expressive speech; protected by the courts b. expressive speech; not protected by the courts c. symbolic speech; protected by the courts d. symbolic speech; not protected by the courts e. symbolic speech; seen as a misapplication of the principles of free speech Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 22. All of the following are true of flag burning EXCEPT a. it was outlawed in some states in the 1980s. b. it is protected by the First Amendment’s freedom of expression (speech). c. Congress passed legislation against flag burning that was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court. d. it is considered symbolic speech. e. a constitutional amendment has been passed outlawing flag burning. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 23. Commercial speech is usually defined as a. any speech conducted via films, radio, or television. b. advertising statements. c. speech made by public corporations as opposed to private organizations. d. business-related speech. e. speech made by organizations as opposed to private citizens. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 24. The example of yelling fire in a crowded theater, when there is no fire, would not be protected speech because it fails a. the bad tendency rule. b. the imminent lawless action test. c. the Lemon test. d. prior restraint. e. the clear and present danger test. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 25. The principle that speech may be restricted if such expression might lead to some "evil" is a. no prior restraint. b. the clear and present danger test. c. the imminent lawless action test. d. the bad tendency rule. e. the Lemon test. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties 26. Inciting a crowd to violence would not be protected speech because it violates a. the imminent lawless action test. b. prior restraint. c. the Lemon test. d. the obscenity test. e. the bad tendency rule. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 27. In 1969, the Supreme Court in Brandenburg v. Ohio a. overturned a statute that prohibited anyone from advocating violence as a means to political reform. b. upheld the conviction of a member of the Ku Klux Klan. c. banned free speech protections for organizations like the Ku Klux Klan. d. required the government to prove lawless activities followed free speech activities. e. overturned a statute that prohibited anyone from advocating violence as a means to political reform and upheld the conviction of a member of the Ku Klux Klan. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 28. In Miller v. California, the Supreme Court ruled that material could be considered obscene if it met all of the following requirements EXCEPT a. the average person finds that it violates contemporary community standards. b. the work appeals to an interest in sex. c. the work shows offensive sexual content. d. the work lacks serious redeeming artistic or other merit. e. the work could be accessed by minors. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 29. Slander is a. an attempt to do bodily harm. b. the public uttering of a false statement that harms the good reputation of another. c. printed material that cannot be proven true. d. a law that prohibits the public from making negative statements about elected officials. e. making false statements about another person in writing. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 30. Public uttering of a _______ statement that harms someone's reputation is _______. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties a. false; constitutionally protected speech b. false; libel c. true; neither slander nor libel d. true; slander e. true; libel ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 31. Public schools a. can censor speech in yearbooks and newspapers in furtherance of their educational mission. b. can never censor student speech. c. can organize teacher led prayers. d. can censor student speech, but only on school grounds during school hours. e. can censor student speech, but only on school grounds. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 32. Campus speech codes __________ but __________. a. are considered constitutional; are ineffective b. are generally considered unconstitutional; are commonly found on university campuses c. are effective at preventing hate speech regarding race; ineffective against religious hate speech d. are widespread; rarely enforced e. are uncommon; effective and constitutional ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 33. For a public figure to obtain a damage award under libel laws, he or she must a. show that he or she has access to the public medium to disprove the charge. b. show that the statement in question contained a reckless disregard for the truth. c. prove that he or she suffered from the falsehood just as much as a private person. d. prove the case beyond a shadow of a doubt. e. show that he or she has access to the public medium to disprove the charge, and show that the statement in question contained a reckless disregard for the truth. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Right to Assemble and to Petition the Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 34. Either knowledge of a defamatory statement's falsity or a reckless disregard for the truth is considered a. libel. b. actual malice. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties c. slander. d. symbolic speech. e. prior restraint. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Right to Assemble and to Petition the Government LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 35. In 1965, in Griswold v. Connecticut, a case involving the legality of contraceptives, the Supreme Court a. held that the law violated the right to privacy. b. found that laws against contraceptives were legal. c. guaranteed all women access to abortion. d. ruled that the Court cannot establish a right unless it is specifically mentioned in the Constitution. e. found that laws against contraceptives were legal and ruled that the Court cannot establish a right unless it is specifically mentioned in the Constitution. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 36. The right to privacy is based in "zone of privacy", found in each of the following EXCEPT a. the First Amendment. b. the Fourth Amendment. c. the Fifth Amendment. d. the Ninth Amendment. e. the Tenth Amendment. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 37. Which of the following are true of the decision in Roe v. Wade? a. It extended the right to privacy to cover a woman’s personal decision on abortion. b. The decision has not been challenged or redefined by subsequent cases. c. It limited abortions to the first trimester of pregnancy. d. State legislatures have the right to decide if abortions will be performed. e. It allows for abortions to be performed by licensed nurse practitioners. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 38. According to the Supreme Court ruling in Roe v. Wade, which of the following restrictions may the state place on abortions? a. During the first trimester, the state can prevent some abortions for reasons relating to the mother’s health. b. During the second trimester, the state can prevent all abortions. c. During the third trimester, the state cannot regulate abortion except to require that it be performed by a doctor. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties d. During the third trimester, the state may regulate or outlaw abortions except when necessary to preserve the life or health of the mother. e. The states may place no restrictions on abortions. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 39. The 1994 Freedom of Access to Clinic Entrances Act a. was found unconstitutional by the Supreme Court. b. prohibits protestors from blocking entrances to abortion clinics. c. prohibits protestors from speaking to patients entering abortion clinics. d. cannot be used to establish “buffer zones” around clinics. e. prohibits protesters from blocking entrances to abortion clinics and was found unconstitutional by the Supreme Court. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 40. A 1976 case involving Karen Ann Quinlan was one of the first publicized cases involving a. the legality of abortion. b. defamation by libel. c. symbolic speech. d. commercial speech. e. the right to die. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 41. People can designate their wishes regarding life-sustaining procedures in a/an a. living will. b. irrevocable trust. c. statement of wishes. d. writ of habeas corpus. e. bill of attainder. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 42. Following Cruzan v. Director, Missouri Department of Health a. living wills became common. b. it was established that life-sustaining treatment can be withdrawn from comatose patients at the simple request of the closest relatives. c. living wills became unconstitutional. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties d. it was established that patients cannot refuse treatment that might save their lives. e. parents, rather than spouses, were given responsibility for medical decisions regarding comatose persons. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 43. With regard to physician-assisted suicide, the Supreme Court has said that a. the liberty interest protected by the Constitution does not include a right to commit suicide. b. states must prosecute those who assist in suicides. c. states must provide counseling to those who wish to commit suicide. d. if an individual wishes to commit suicide, a physician must be present with family members. e. the federal government is the final authority regarding laws on physician-assisted suicide. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 44. Since September 11, 2001, anti-terror legislation has eroded certain rights and liberties, most notably a. freedom of speech. b. the right to bear arms. c. freedom of religion. d. freedom from unreasonable search and seizure. e. the right to peaceably assemble. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 45. The controversy over the USA Patriot Act exemplifies the debate between a. safety and security versus civil liberty. b. safety and security versus order. c. order versus anarchy. d. liberalism versus conservatism. e. republicanism versus direct democracy. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 46. The ability to monitor any form of communication by a suspect a. is known as a roving wiretap. b. is known as an extracommunicative warrant. c. still protects the privacy of individuals with whom a suspect communicates. d. has not raised any serious civil liberties controversy. e. is consistent with Fourth Amendment protections. ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 47. In 2013, it was revealed that the NSA was collecting a. information on every call made in the United States. b. metadata, which included the number of the caller, time of call, and number called. c. recordings of the content of all domestic phone conversations. d. information on every call made in the United States and metadata, which included the number of the caller, time of call, and number called. e. information on every call made in the United States; metadata, which included the number of the caller, time of call, and number called; and recordings of the content of all domestic phone conversations. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 48. The Obama administration defended the NSA's surveillance programs as a. having been authorized by secret courts. b. having been authorized by Congress. c. only targeting suspected terrorists. d. only targeting foreign nationals. e. having been authorized by Congress and only targeting suspected terrorists. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 49. A National Security Order (NSO) a. can only apply to non-citizens. b. directs the military to perform a certain task. c. is issued by federal law enforcement without judicial oversight. d. is a warrant issued by the FISA court. e. is the same as an executive order. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 50. Constitutional civil liberties apply a. equally to all persons in the United States. b. to all persons in the United States, with some exceptions for immigrants. c. to all persons in the United States, with some exceptions for women. d. differently, depending on the state. e. differently, depending on age. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 51. A defendant’s pre-trial rights include all of the following EXCEPT a. to be informed of the charges. b. the right to legal counsel. c. the right to remain silent. d. the right to an impartial jury. e. prompt arraignment. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Rights of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 52. All of the following are a defendant's rights at trial EXCEPT a. the right to have double jeopardy. b. the right to a speedy and public trial before a jury. c. The right to an impartial jury. d. The right to have adequate counsel. e. The right to appeal convictions. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Rights of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 53. For the defendant, an arraignment is a. the right to be brought before a court to hear the charges and enter a plea of guilty or not guilty. b. the right request legal counsel. c. the right to remain silent. d. the requirement that for a murder conviction, the police must find the dead body. e. the right to reasonable bail. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 54. In Gideon v. Wainwright, the Supreme Court ruled that a. a lawyer does not have to be supplied in a state case. b. search warrants are always needed to gather evidence. c. lawyers only need to be appointed in death penalty cases. d. there can be no cruel and unusual punishment. e. if one cannot afford an attorney, the government must provide one. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 55. Upon arrest, police notify the arrested person that s/he has a right to remain silent and a right to legal counsel. These Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties are known as a. Sixth Amendment rights. b. First Amendment rights. c. Griswold rights. d. Miranda rights. e. Lemon rights. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 56. The exclusionary rule is a policy that a. forbids the admission of illegally seized evidence at trial. b. prohibits the arresting officer from serving as a character witness at a hearing or trial. c. prohibits the detention of a suspect for more than forty-eight hours without the suspect being charged. d. is limited to the federal courts. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 57. If the police search a suspect’s home a. the police must first have obtained a warrant. b. the police may submit illegally obtained evidence at trial if they can prove they would have obtained the evidence legally anyway. c. the police must have demonstrated probable cause to a judge. d. the police must first have obtained a warrant and the police must have demonstrated probable cause to a judge. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 58. Cruel and unusual punishment is prohibited by a. the separation of powers. b. judicial review. c. the Fifth Amendment. d. the Eighth Amendment. e. the Tenth Amendment. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 59. All of the following are true of the death penalty EXCEPT a. the Supreme Court struck down all existing death penalties in 1972 but invited the states to pass new Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties legislation that would apply the penalty more consistently. b. the death penalty in murder cases is supported by a majority of Americans, though support has recently fallen. c. thirty-one states have capital punishment laws. d. the Supreme Court ruled in favor of a bifurcated procedure for capital cases. e. the Supreme Court has ruled that capital punishment is unconstitutional. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 60. All of the following are true of the death penalty EXCEPT a. support for the death penalty is declining. b. most Americans still support the death penalty in murder cases. c. as of 2016, the death penalty is no longer an option in over half of US states. d. DNA evidence has shown that some individuals have been wrongly convicted of murder. e. poorly performed lethal injections have raised the question of whether the death penalty constitutes a cruel and unusual punishment. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Right of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 61. Explain how the Fourteenth Amendment and incorporation theory affected the Bill of Rights. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of Our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 62. While most civil liberties are found in the Bill of Rights, some are not. Describe two of the liberties found in the Constitution as originally written and detail their purposes. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Constitutional Bases of Our Liberties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.1 - LO1 63. Describe the religious freedom protections afforded in the First Amendment of the Bill of Rights. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 64. Reflect on Jefferson's "wall of separation" between church and state and, using evidence from our educational system, craft an argument in which you assess the extent to which this wall exists. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Freedom of Religion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.2 - LO2 65. Under which circumstances is the government able to interfere with freedom of speech? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 04 Civil Liberties REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 66. Explain what symbolic speech is and give examples of Supreme Court decisions on this type of speech. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Freedom of Expression LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.3 - LO3 67. Explain the constitutional basis for a right to privacy and detail how this right has developed and evolved. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Right to Privacy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.4 - LO4 68. Explain the positions of those for and those against the Patriot Act. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Civil Liberties versus Security Issues LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 69. The American judicial system is designed to balance the rights of the accused against the rights of society to be secure. Craft an argument in which you choose any two rights of the accused and argue that these are either necessary in a fair society or, on the contrary, threaten that society in favoring those accused of crimes. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Rights of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5 70. Discuss the death penalty, the problems it has faced, and the conditions under which it may or may not be unconstitutional. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Great Balancing Act: The Rights of the Accused versus the Rights of Society LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.4.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts 1. Today, there are approximately __________ unauthorized immigrants living in the United States. a. 11 million b. 111 million c. 200 million d. 1 million e. 35 million ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 2. The estimated cost to deport all unauthorized immigrants is a. about $100 million. b. about $400 million. c. about $100 billion. d. about $400 billion. e. over $1 trillion. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 3. Industries such as ___________ are dependent on undocumented workers. a. the healthcare industry b. the insurance industry c. the banking industry d. the auto industry e. the agriculture industry ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 4. Which of the following regarding immigration is true? a. Today, most immigrants to the United States come from Europe. b. Major issues include debate about whether illegal immigrants should be given amnesty and be allowed to become U.S. citizens. c. The number of multi-racial persons has been declining in recent years. d. All Hispanics are from Mexico. e. The number of multi-racial persons has been declining in recent years and all Hispanics are from Mexico. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 5. The term civil rights refers to a. the rights of all Americans provided for in the Fourteenth Amendment. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts b. civil liberties such as freedom of religion, speech, or assembly. c. what the government must do to ensure freedom from discrimination. d. limitations on what the government may not do to interfere with individual liberties. e. the rights of all Americans provided for in the Fourteenth Amendment and what the government must do to ensure freedom from discrimination. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 6. The provision that states that all persons born in the United States are citizens can be found in the a. the Thirteenth Amendment. b. the Fourteenth Amendment. c. the Fifteenth Amendment. d. the Nineteenth Amendment. e. the Declaration of Independence. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 7. The Fifteenth Amendment a. outlawed slavery. b. provided equal protection under the law. c. gave eighteen-year-olds the right to vote. d. stated that the right to vote shall not be abridged on account of race. e. gave women the right to vote. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 8. The Civil Rights Acts passed by Congress between 1865 and1875 a. were designed to enforce the Thirteenth, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Amendments. b. implemented the extension of citizenship to anyone born in the United States. c. made it illegal to use law or custom to deprive anyone of rights, privileges, or immunities secured by the Constitution. d. declared that everyone is entitled to full and equal enjoyment of public accommodations. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 9. After the Civil War, civil rights legislation was passed by Congress a. but much of it was very ineffective and parts were declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court. b. and it played a major role in creating equality for African Americans. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts c. and was accepted by the American public. d. that prevented African Americans from being extended equal public accommodations. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 10. In Plessy v. Ferguson (1896), the U.S. Supreme Court a. ruled that African Americans are not persons for the purposes of the Constitution. b. tried to stop the development of legal racial segregation known as Jim Crow laws. c. stated that schools may not practice any type of racial segregation. d. agreed that separation of races is not a violation of the Constitution. e. ruled that the practice of slavery must cease before the end of the century. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 11. The white primary in southern states allowed a. all races to participate in elections on an equal basis. b. whites to exclude African Americans from voting in Democratic primaries. c. voters to select ballots for each party based on different skin colors. d. African Americans the opportunity to vote for the first time. e. whites to exclude African Americans from voting in the general elections. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 12. The tests commonly administered as a precondition for voting were called a. poll tests. b. constitutional exams. c. literacy tests. d. primary tests. e. registration tests. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 13. A poll tax was used to a. prevent northern immigrants from moving to the South and voting in local elections. b. determine who was intelligent enough to vote. c. dissuade African Americans and poor whites from voting. d. force individuals to buy property in order to be eligible to vote. e. raise funds for voter registration among the minority community. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 14. In Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka (1954), the U.S. Supreme Court held that a. ethnic minorities have no rights to equal treatment by the government. b. public school segregation of races violates the equal protection clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. c. the national government does not have the power to force any type of action on local school boards. d. separation of races for a reason such as education is not a violation of the Constitution. e. African Americans could not be denied the right to a college education. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 15. De facto segregation means a. segregation because of residential racial patterns and concentration of populations, not because of laws. b. segregation based on different native languages. c. racial segregation based on law. d. segregation of southern European immigrants. e. segregation to a minor degree. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 16. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. advocated __________ as a means to achieve racial justice. a. violence b. nonviolent civil disobedience c. race riots d. enforcing segregation and creating superior public services for blacks e. black militancy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 17. The use of __________ was instrumental in bringing about the integration of lunch counters, buses, and trains. a. sit-ins b. roadblocks at night in rural areas c. court injunctions that prohibited interstate travel in areas threatened by violence d. the threat of armed force e. public demonstrations featuring violence against whites ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts 18. A civil rights advocate who believed in civil disobedience might be attracted to the movement around __________, while someone promoting black power would be more at home in the movement of __________. a. Dr. King; Malcolm X b. Dr. King; Rosa Parks c. Harriet Tubman; Malcolm X d. Malcolm X; Dr. King e. Rosa Parks; Dr. King ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 19. African American leader Malcolm X a. supported the group known as the Underground Railroad. b. agreed with King’s philosophy of non-violence. c. believed in “black power” and racial separation. d. believed in the philosophy of “turn the other cheek.” e. was one of King’s closest colleagues. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 20. All of the following are true of the 1964 and 1968 Civil Rights Acts EXCEPT a. the right to equality of opportunity in employment was included. b. discrimination in public accommodations was banned. c. state governments to control school integration were allowed. d. discrimination in housing was banned. e. penalties for those attempting to interfere with civil rights workers were provided. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 21. The Civil and Voting Rights Acts of the 1960s did all of the following EXCEPT a. instituted a nation-wide system of urban bussing. b. established equal opportunity in employment. c. made it illegal to discriminate in housing. d. registered to vote a large number of southern African Americans. e. banned discrimination in public accommodations. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 22. A major outcome of the Voting Rights Act of 1965 was Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts a. the elimination of discriminatory voter registration tests. b. the establishment of federal voter registrars. c. the establishment of federally administered voter registration procedures. d. limitations on the abilities of counties in the South to change voter registration procedures without federal approval. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 23. In order to pass strict scrutiny, a law must do all of the following EXCEPT a. be justified by a compelling government interest. b. be narrowly tailored to meet a government interest. c. be rationally related to a government interest. d. be the least restrictive means to accomplish the goal. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 24. Which form of judicial review comes into play when laws are based on a suspect classification? a. intermediate scrutiny b. exacting scrutiny c. strict scrutiny d. rational basis review e. moderate scruitny ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 25. A court case dealing with the minimum age requirement to purchase tobacco products would be treated a. with strict scrutiny. b. with rational basis review. c. as a suspect classification. d. with exacting scrutiny. e. as a quasi-suspect classification. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 26. The policy in admissions or hiring that gives special consideration to traditionally disadvantaged groups to overcome the present effects of past discrimination is known as a. affirmative action. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts b. legislative mandate. c. civil liberties. d. civil rights. e. the Lincoln dilemma. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 27. Which of the following are among the limitations imposed by the Supreme Court on affirmative action? a. Race cannot be used as the sole criterion. b. Race cannot be used as a tie-breaker. c. A prohibition against the use of preferences or quotas for unqualified persons. d. The awarding by universities of points for racial minority status. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 28. In the Bakke case, the Supreme Court ruled that a. affirmative action programs were allowable in law schools, but not to be utilized in medical schools. b. race cannot be the sole factor in admissions decisions. c. all affirmative action programs were unconstitutional. d. race cannot be considered as a factor at all in making admissions decisions. e. quota systems are constitutional. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 29. All of the following are true of the Supreme Court's opinions on affirmative action EXCEPT a. affirmative action laws and policies will be subject to strict scrutiny. b. affirmative action programs cannot make use of racial quotas. c. affirmative action programs may continue indefinitely, even after achieving their goals. d. race cannot be used as a "tie breaker." e. race can be considered as part of a complete examination of an applicant's background. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 30. A century ago, most immigrants came to the United States from __________, while today most come from ___________. a. China; Mexico and Central America b. Western Europe; former Soviet states c. Asia; Latin America Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts d. Europe; Latin American and Asia e. Latin America; Eastern Europe ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 31. Though the civil rights movement focused primarily on the rights of ___________, it had the effect of ____________. a. African Americans; benefiting nearly all minority groups b. women; benefiting gay Americans as well c. Latinos; benefiting African Americans d. African Americans; strengthening the disenfranchisement of other racial minorities e. women; strengthening the disenfranchisement of gay Americans ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 32. One thing holding back political participation by Latinos is that a. the Civil Rights Act of 1964 only applied to African Americans. b. many are immigrants and not yet citizens. c. ballots are only available in English. d. political parties refuse to address issues important to them. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 33. The population of unauthorized immigrants in the United States is a. about 500,000 and increasing. b. about 1 million and stable. c. about 7 million and declining. d. about 11 million and stable. e. about 32 million and increasing. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 34. The American Indian population experienced a _________, largely due to __________. a. twentieth-century boom; a sudden decline in group poverty b. twentieth-century boom; government programs designed to restore it to prominence c. catastrophic collapse; diseases brought over from Europe d. catastrophic collapse; war between the various Indian nations e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 35. Today, there are approximately __________ Native Americans living in the United States. a. 30 million b. 13 million c. 800,000 d. 3.2 million e. 300 million ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 36. All of the following are true of the Chinese immigrant experience EXCEPT a. Chinese immigration began with the gold rush of 1849. b. most early Chinese immigrants were men. c. anti-Chinese riots were common. d. Chinese immigration was banned from 1882 - 1943. e. Chinese Americans were a largely rural population. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 37. All of the following are true of the history of Asian Americans EXCEPT a. they are currently among the poorest racial minority groups. b. Chinese Americans were denied citizenship until the late nineteenth century. c. Chinese were banned from immigrating to the United States for a sixty-year period. d. Japanese were at one time banned from immigrating to the United States. e. many Japanese Americans were confined to internment camps during World War II. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 38. The Nineteenth Amendment a. ended racial segregation in the United States. b. abolished slavery. c. did away with racial restrictions on voting. d. expanded the right to vote to women. e. set the minimum voting age to eighteen. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts 39. Feminism is a. a movement supported by women but not men in the United States. b. the movement that supports political, economic, and social equality for women. c. supported by all women in the United States. d. a movement that began with the founding of the National Organization for Women (NOW) in 1966. e. the movement that supports political, economic, and social equality for women and is a movement that began with the founding of the National Organization for Women (NOW) in 1966. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 40. The amending of the Constitution to include an Equal Rights Amendment for women a. has never made it through the congressional amendment proposal process. b. has passed through Congress, but failed ratification in the states. c. was proposed as a part of the Bill of Rights, but failed to be ratified. d. was ratified by the states in 1972, after passing through Congress. e. is largely seen as unnecessary, now that women's incomes are equal to those of men. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 41. Any practice, policy, or procedure that denies equality of treatment to an individual or to a group because of gender a. is sexual harassment. b. is gender discrimination. c. violates Title IV. d. violates the Civil Rights Act of 1968. e. is considered illegal if engaged in by a private corporation but acceptable if engaged in by the government. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 42. All of the following are major events in the women's equality movement EXCEPT a. the passage of the Nineteenth Amendment. b. the ratification of the Equal Rights Amendment. c. the passage of Title IX. d. the lifting of the Combat Exclusion Policy. e. the passage of the Equal Pay Act. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 43. All of the following are true of women in politics today EXCEPT a. the number of women holding congressional seats has increased significantly in recent years. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts b. the majority of Americans are not comfortable having a woman as president. c. the number of women sitting on federal judicial benches has increased. d. the efforts of women's rights advocates helped to increase the number of women holding political office. e. women have secured leadership posts in Congress and have seats on the Supreme Court. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 44. On the issue of sexual harassment, the Supreme Court has ruled that a. employers are not responsible for harassment undertaken by their employees. b. individuals cannot be sexually harassed by members of their own gender. c. it is considered sexual harassment when words or actions of a sexual nature interfere with the employee’s work or create a “hostile environment.” d. it is not illegal to condition promotions on sexual favors. e. laws against sexual harassment violate the First Amendment’s protection of free speech. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 45. Current statistics from the U.S. Department of Labor indicate that a. women have not benefitted from the Equal Pay Act. b. women now earn on average more than men. c. women make up only about 10% of the workforce. d. women earn 54 cents for every dollar earned by men. e. women earn 79 cents for every dollar earned by men. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 46. The Equal Pay Act of 1963 a. requires employers to provide equal pay for substantially equal work. b. requires employers to re-grade the pay scales for the comparable but different jobs held by women and men to make them more equitable. c. requires that employers promote more women into managerial positions. d. allows for men to be paid more than women with the same job responsibilities if they have families. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 47. The riot at the Stonewall Inn that began the modern movement for equality for gay males and lesbians was sparked by a. a raid by police on a bar popular with gay men and lesbians. b. a feeling in the gay and lesbian community that the police were targeting them for harassment. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts c. anti-gay protestors who showed up at the bar. d. an attempt by a gay couple to hold a marriage ceremony at the bar. e. a raid by police on a bar popular with gay men and lesbians, and by a feeling in the gay and lesbian community that the police were targeting them for harassment. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 48. The Supreme Court's decision in Bowers v. Hardwick, which _______________, was later overturned in ____________. a. upheld a Georgia law against homosexual conduct; Lawrence v. Texas b. upheld a Georgia law against homosexual conduct; Griswold v. Connecticut c. upheld Georgia's same-sex marriage ban; Lawrence v. Texas d. overturned Georgia's same-sex marriage ban; United States v. Windsor e. upheld Georgia's application of a poll tax; action by the Georgia state legislature ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 49. In the 2003 decision of Lawrence v. Texas, the U.S. Supreme Court a. upheld a Texas law that made homosexual conduct a crime. b. overturned laws against sodomy between consenting adults in private to be unconstitutional. c. invalidated anti-discrimination laws that protect homosexuals. d. upheld the Court’s previous decision in Bowers v. Hardwick. e. indicated that states could declare homosexuality a crime. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 50. “Don’t ask, don’t tell,” the policy of requiring gay men and lesbians in the U.S. military to hide their sexual orientation a. is still the policy of the U.S. Department of Defense. b. was first implemented during the Clinton administration. c. required that enlistees be questioned about their sexual orientation. d. did not end expulsion of gay and lesbian military personnel. e. was first implemented during the Clinton administration and did not end expulsion of gay and lesbian military personnel. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 51. The repeal of "don't ask, don't tell" came a. into full enforcement in 2011. b. as a result of a U.S. District Court ruling. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts c. due to quick action by Congress after the 2008 election. d. because of a change in public opinion on the issue. e. into full enforcement in 2011 and came because of a change in public opinion on the issue. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 52. Nationwide recognition of same-sex marriage was the result of a. a 2015 Supreme Court decision. b. a 2016 Congressional law. c. a 2010 Constitutional Amendment. d. an international treaty on human rights. e. a 2015 executive order. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 53. All of the following are true of the Defense of Marriage Act EXCEPT a. it was passed in response to a ruling by the Hawaiian Supreme Court. b. it was passed by Congress in 1996. c. it banned federal recognition of same sex marriages. d. it allowed state governments to ignore same sex marriages from other states. e. it nullified any same sex marriage performed in any state. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 54. Much of the controversy over the rights of __________ has centered on __________. a. same sex couples; the use of public restrooms b. racial minorities; the Equal Rights Amendment c. women; their pay in the military d. transgender persons; the use of public restrooms e. transgender persons; the widespread ban on altering birth certificates ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 55. Explain the significance of the constitutional amendments enacted in the five years following the end of the Civil War. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 56. Describe any two post-Civil War limitations on African American voting, explaining how they effectively barred most Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts African Americans from voting. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 57. Discuss the decisions made by the Supreme Court in both hindering and expanding the civil rights of racial minorities. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 58. Explain the arguments both for and against affirmative action. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 59. Define the concept of strict scrutiny and discuss how and why it is used, making sure to note cases where it has been used to both help and harm racial minorities. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Civil Rights and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.2 - LO2 60. Using the concepts of de jure and de facto discrimination, compare the experiences of two of the following racial minority groups: African Americans, Latinos, Asian Americans, and American Indians. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The African American Experience and the Civil Rights Movement Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.1 - LO1 AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 61. Discuss the struggle for civil rights by both American Indians and Asian Americans, noting any laws that helped or hindered their right to citizenship. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Experiences of Other Minority Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.3 - LO3 62. Discuss the progress that has been made in the women's rights movement and compare it with the remaining obstacles to full equality. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Women's Struggle for Equal Rights LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.4 - LO4 63. How have courts and legislative bodies at both the federal and the state level attempted to address issues concerning the rights and status of homosexuals? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Rights and Status of Gay Males and Lesbians LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.5.5 - LO5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 05 Civil RIghts
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media 1. Public opinion in the United States tends to be more _____________ than political elites in areas such as religion in public schools, but more ______________ in areas such as Social Security spending. a. conservative; liberal b. liberal; conservative c. secular; liberal d. conservative; libertarian e. libertarian; centrist ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 2. The aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs shared by some portion of the population is a. public opinion. b. political socialization. c. consensus. d. ideology. e. political culture. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 3. An opinion poll in which 79% of respondents express the same answer reflects a a. compromise position. b. unified socialization. c. divided opinion. d. consensus opinion. e. public opinion. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 4. General agreement among the citizenry on an issue is a. a consensus. b. a divisive opinion. c. a reconciliation. d. a poll agreement. e. no longer a public opinion. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 5. Here are the results of a 2012 opinion poll that measured public support for gay marriage: Favor: 48 percent; Oppose: 44 percent; Don’t know/No answer: 8 percent. The results show an example of a __________ opinion. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media a. consensus b. divided c. dubious d. favorable e. unified ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 6. Private opinion becomes public opinion when a. it, regardless of its subject matter, is publicly expressed. b. it concerns public issues and is publicly expressed. c. an individual is polled by a major polling organization. d. it is not divided. e. it is articulated to at least ten other people. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 7. The process by which people acquire political beliefs and attitudes is called a. opinion leadership. b. political socialization. c. agenda setting. d. peer grouping. e. consensus building. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 8. The most important early sources of political socialization are a. family and the media. b. schools and the media. c. family and political parties. d. family and schools. e. political parties and schools. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 9. The transfer of political values a. is more likely to occur from children to parents. b. is more likely to occur from parents to children. c. is just as likely to occur from children to parents as it is to occur from parents to children. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media d. is exceptionally rare in families. e. never occurs from children to parents. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 10. The influence of parents over their children's political socialization a. only occurs in strongly political families. b. is due to the declining influence of schools and the media. c. is due to the rise of home-schooling. d. is because of children seeing parents as an authority on politics. e. is due to constant communication and receptivity of children to their parents' views. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 11. Peer groups are most likely to influence political attitudes when a. people are over the age of fifty. b. it is not an election year. c. people within peer groups do not have strong party identification. d. they are actively involved in political activities. e. their members are all of the same gender. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 12. An opinion leader is a. one who is able to influence the opinions of others because of position, expertise, or personality. b. a pollster. c. always someone whose job is to sway public opinion, such as a member of Congress. d. a public relations expert. e. someone who relies on position or expertise, rather than something like personality. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 13. In a recent study, high school students most often said they base their views on information they obtained from a. mass media. b. family. c. peers. d. school. e. church. ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 14. The Fairness Doctrine a. was overturned as unconstitutional in the mid-2000s. b. required radio and television to be balanced in presenting controversial issues. c. led to the rise of conservative talk radio. d. applied only to television but never to radio. e. is why we have both liberal and conservative cable news networks today. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 15. The new forms of media a. have brought Americans closer to each other politically. b. such as talk radio have been dominated by liberals. c. like blogs have often changed people from liberals to conservatives. d. like blogs, talk radio, and cable news channels have increased political polarization. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 16. The impact of new media (cable news, blogs, and talk radio) on political socialization has been a. largely neutral, as the present balanced views in a moderate way. b. to lure liberals to the right and conservatives to the left. c. to further polarize the public by cementing and radicalizing their already conservative or liberal views. d. to lure moderates and centrists to the conservative camp. e. to lure moderates and centrists to the liberal camp. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 17. The generational effect refers to the a. way in which political socialization produces opinions. b. increased tension between the two major political parties. c. tendency for persons to become more conservative as they grow older. d. long-lasting impact of significant events of a particular time on the generation that came of age at that time. e. way in which the family influences opinions. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media 18. During which period is public opinion most likely to shift toward conservatism? a. successful Republican governance b. successful Democratic governance c. poor Republican governance d. poor Democratic governance e. both successful Democratic governance and poor Democratic governance. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 19. Having a college education a. no longer means that an individual is likely to vote for a particular party. b. is associated with a greater tendency to vote Democratic. c. is associated with a greater tendency to vote Republican. d. is associated with opposition to cultural liberalism. e. is associated with a greater tendency to abstain from voting. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 20. In recent years a. businesspersons have moved toward supporting the Democrats. b. professionals with advanced degrees have moved toward supporting the Democrats. c. businesspersons have remained largely Democratic. d. professionals with advanced degrees have remained largely Republican. e. it has become clear that there is no relationship between whether a person is a businessperson or a professional and the party he or she will endorse. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 21. Those who identify as libertarian tend to be concentrated a. along the West coast. b. along the East coast. c. among the poor. d. among the wealthy. e. in the middle class. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 22. In presidential elections, manual laborers, factory workers, and union members are a. more likely to vote for Republican candidates. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media b. more likely to vote for Democratic candidates. c. likely to split their vote between the two major parties. d. more likely to vote for socialist candidates. e. more likely to vote for communist libertarian candidates. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 23. Jewish voters tend to a. vote for candidates who are politically conservative. b. vote at a lower rate than Protestants. c. focus almost totally on domestic issues. d. be more liberal than average on economic and cultural issues. e. be similar to the overall population in political preferences. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 24. Voting patters are less predicted by __________ than by ___________. a. Protestantism; Catholicism b. race; religion c. religion; religious commitment d. fundamentalism; evangelicalism e. fundamentalism; Protestantism ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 25. African Americans today tend to be a. more conservative than whites on all issues. b. less liberal than whites on all issues. c. supportive of the Republican Party. d. somewhat conservative on certain cultural issues such as gay marriage and abortion. e. independents and not supportive of either Republicans or Democrats. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 26. Which of the following is an incorrect statement? a. Overall, Hispanics have favored the Democrats. b. Cuban Americans are more likely to support Republicans than Democrats. c. Asian American groups have usually leaned to the Democrats. d. Muslim Americans today represent one of the nation’s most Democratic blocs. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media e. Most African Americans have supported the Republican Party since the 1930s. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 27. The increase in the share of the electorate that is __________ poses a problem for __________. a. Hispanic; the Republican Party b. Hispanic; the Democratic Party c. Asian; the Democratic Party d. African American; the Democratic Party e. culturally Southern; the Republican Party ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 28. The idea of a gender gap is a. the difference in voter turnout among men and women. b. the long-standing history of women favoring Democrats over Republicans. c. the long-standing history of women favoring Republicans over Democrats. d. the tendency of women to be more libertarian than men. e. the difference in the percentage of women voting for a certain candidate and the percentage of men doing the same. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 29. Women are more likely than men to a. disagree with extending civil rights to homosexuals. b. vote Republican. c. support capital punishment. d. oppose the use of force abroad. e. support cuts to social welfare. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 30. American women are more likely to support a. capital punishment. b. restrictions on access to abortions. c. social welfare programs. d. military interventions abroad. e. legislation restricting the rights of homosexuals. ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 31. In the 2012 elections, the group of voters most strongly opposed to President Barack Obama was a. those who identify as culturally Southern. b. the white working class. c. the wealthy. d. those who identify as socially liberal. e. both those who identify as culturally southern and the white working class. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 32. Historically, __________ have been among the most powerful influences on public opinion. a. concerns about education b. privacy concerns c. concerns about war d. concerns about healthcare e. economic concerns ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 33. When Literary Digest incorrectly predicted the results of the 1936 election after polling only its own readers, its failure was because a. its readers were asked to guess as to the outcome, rather than offering up their own opinions. b. it had not obtained a random sample of the population. c. its readers were generally wealthy, and not reflective of the population at large. d. its readers were asked to guess as to the outcome, rather than offering up their own opinions, and it had not obtained a random sample of the population. e. it had not obtained a random sample of the population, and its readers were generally wealthy, and not reflective of the population at large. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 34. A random sample means that a. every person in the target population has an equal chance of being selected. b. there is no pre-planning in the selection process. c. every person in the target population who is encountered is selected. d. researchers decide how many persons of certain types they need in the survey. e. the poll is unscientific. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 35. Usually, the Gallup or Roper polls interview a. people three to four times to ensure accuracy. b. fewer than 2,000 people in a nationwide sample. c. over 100,000 people in each random sample for presidential elections. d. people who have been selected based on their intelligence. e. using quota samples. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 36. The results of an opinion poll a. are usually reported in terms of a specific number. b. should be reported as a range of numbers to be more accurate. c. are usually accompanied by a specific margin of error. d. may be reported daily as a tracking poll. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 37. To accurately represent the target population, a small sample should be a. randomly selected. b. representative of the whole group. c. representative in terms of demographic traits (age, region, religion, race, and the like). d. representative in terms of opinions. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 38. Polls may be more accurate if the sample is a. truly random. b. weighted to correct missing data from underrepresented groups. c. weighted to make up for day-to-day swings in public sentiment. d. corrected for pollster bias. e. truly random and weighted to correct missing data from underrepresented groups. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 39. In polling, the difference between the sample's results and those that would have been obtained had the entire population been interviewed is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media a. a failure of randomness. b. a sampling error. c. unlikely to happen at all. d. likely to be very large. e. a statistical miscalculation. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 40. If two polling firms asked identical questions of the same group of 1,000 people, yet reported different results, this difference would likely be caused by a. failure to achieve a random sample. b. sampling error. c. the house effect. d. push polling. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 41. All of the following are true of public opinion polls EXCEPT a. for the most part, major pollling organizations have a good record of predicting the outcome of presidential races. b. knowing what makes a poll accurate is not as important as the results of the poll. c. polls based on random samples are the most valid. d. polling firms can weight the sample to correct for underrepresented groups. e. well-designed polls based on probability samples may result in 95 percent accuracy. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 42. One of the problems with polls is a. they may fail to measure the impact of undecided voters. b. because they are a snapshot in time, polls may fail to detect last-minute shifts in the electorate. c. they are based on a random sample. d. the results are affected by the news media. e. they may fail to measure the impact of undecided voters and because they are a snapshot in time, polls may fail to detect last-minute shifts in the electorate. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 43. The answers given by respondents to poll questions are influenced by all of the following EXCEPT a. the order in which questions are asked. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media b. poorly designed questions that are hard to understand. c. a yes/no format that restricts the respondents’ choices. d. compensation offered to the respondents. e. the possible range of answers to the questions presented. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 44. Recent allegations of polling fraud have included a. concerns about secret in-house weights being added to results. b. concerns that results were fabricated. c. concerns that reader surveys are being published as scientific polls. d. Skype users flooding poll results with duplicate entries. e. concerns that results were fabricated and concerns that reader surveys are being published as scientific polls. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 45. Respondents are given misleading information in the questions they are asked in order to persuade them to vote against a candidate in a. convention polls. b. publicity polls. c. push polls. d. scientific polls. e. pundit polls. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 46. Push polls a. have been determined to be illegal in twenty-three states. b. are always conducted face to face rather than by telephone. c. are so controversial that very few candidates have chosen to use them. d. were used widely in the 1960s and 1970s, but when they became associated with the dirty politics of those eras, they were disregarded by most candidates. e. are now used throughout all levels of U.S. politics—local, state, and federal. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 47. Cell phones present a problem for pollsters for all of the following reasons EXCEPT a. cell numbers are not listed in telephone directories. b. it is illegal to using robopolling to contact cell phone users. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media c. cell phone users may be located anywhere. d. cell phones are more common among younger Americans. e. most cell users have a landline, thus resulting in being "double polled." ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 48. Internet polls may be inaccurate because a. most women are not on the Internet. b. most men are not on the Internet. c. most African Americans are not on the Internet. d. they lack a random sample. e. it is impossible to weight the sample. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 49. The values that shape American political culture include shared beliefs about the most important values in the American political system, including liberty, equality, and a. justice. b. economic prosperity. c. diversity. d. property. e. government control of the economy. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 50. Public opinion affects the political process a. because it is a source of power for elected officials who take positions supported by the people. b. despite the fact that most candidates dismiss public opinion as an effective means of identifying issues of concern. c. because it allows the media to control the government. d. because it is more important than elections in bringing about change in the government. e. despite the fact that public opinion polls hardly ever reflect public opinion accurately. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 51. Since 2007, the public has shown the LEAST amount of confidence in a. the military. b. Congress. c. religious organizations. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media d. the U.S. Supreme Court e. public schools. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 52. Since the early 1990s, the American people have consistently shown more confidence in _________ than in any other institution. a. public schools b. organized labor c. big business d. the military e. television news ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 53. Public confidence in a. the military has increased likely due to the military’s role in the war on terrorism. b. religion has decreased due to sex scandals. c. Congress has increased due to the passage of healthcare reform. d. the military has increased likely due to the military’s role in the war on terrorism, and in religion has decreased due to sex scandals. e. Congress has increased due to balancing the federal budget. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 54. All of the following are true of public opinion and polls EXCEPT a. polls show that people give Congress a high rating. b. polls consistently give the military a high rating. c. public opinion can have an impact on government policies. d. public opinion can put limits on what government does. e. polls indicate that a majority of the public believe that public opinion should influence public policy. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 55. Public perceptions of the most important problem facing the nation a. vary greatly by political party. b. tend to be stories that have been given a large volume of media coverage. c. have steadily focused on economic issues since the Great Depression. d. have steadily focused on foreign policy issues since September 11, 2001. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media e. are something polls rarely measure. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 56. Public opinion polls a. show a steady and high level of Congressional approval. b. only reflect the opinions of registered voters. c. only reflect the opinions of likely voters. d. can set informal limits on government action. e. reflect broad consensus on the issue of immigration. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 57. Regarding the influence of public opinion on policy making a. a majority of both the public and policy makers feel that public opinion should have a great deal of influence. b. a minority of the public feel that public opinion should have a great deal of influence, while policy makers hold the opposite view. c. a minority of both the public and policy makers feel that public opinion should have a great deal of influence. d. a majority of the public feel that public opinion should have a great deal of influence, while policy makers hold the opposite view. e. we don't really know what the public tends to believe. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 58. The question of whether employers should be required to include coverage for birth control methods in their employee insurance plans a. arose in the 1970s as a consequence of Roe v. Wade. b. has yet to be addressed by the Supreme Court. c. was resolved by the Supreme Court as applying to all employers, regardless of religious affiliation. d. arose in 2012 as a consequence of the Affordable Care Act. e. raised questions of exemptions for businesses that could not afford contraception coverage. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 59. In __________, the Supreme Court found that corporations could claim the rights of religious freedom. a. Citizens United v. FEC b. Bush v. Gore c. Griswold v. Connecticut d. Hobby Lobby v. Obama e. Burwell v. Hobby Lobby Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 60. Establishing the context of a media report is called a. framing. b. agenda setting. c. priming. d. political contextualization. e. political socialization. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 61. Discuss the process of political socialization in children, being sure to highlight the sources of socialization and the ways in which children might be a source of socialization for others. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 62. Discuss the ways in which public opinion shifts toward left/liberal or right/conservative positions, as a reaction to government itself. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Public Opinion and Political Socialization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.1 - LO1 63. Explain the roles of religion and religious commitment in predicting political attitudes and beliefs. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 64. Explain how demographic influences shape voting behavior. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 65. Describe the significance and possible origins of the gender gap. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Preferences and Voting Behavior LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.2 - LO2 66. Explain the principle of randomness in polling and connect this principle to at least one other technique or problem in polling. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 67. Describe the ways in which social media on the Internet can be employed by candidates and political groups. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 68. Explain the ways in which cell phones have affected polling and why this issue is important. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Measuring Public Opinion LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.3 - LO3 69. Which institutions in the United States hold American’s trust and which do not? Explain the reasons why some institutions are held in high esteem and others are not. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 70. Discuss the ways in which public opinion influences policymakers and the limits to this means of the public controlling government actions. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Public Opinion and the Political Process LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.6.4 - LO4 71. By 2010, more people obtained national news from __________ than from __________. a. national television news; talk radio b. local television news; the Internet c. the Internet; a newspaper d. a newspaper; the Internet e. the internet; foreign news networks ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 72. Today, most Americans obtain their national and international news from a. television news. b. newspapers. c. news radio. d. the Internet. e. news magazines. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 73. The greatest number of radio and television hours are dedicated to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media a. entertainment. b. local news. c. national news. d. international news. e. opinion journalism. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 74. The power of the media to determine what the government ought to do is referred to as a. framing. b. priming. c. setting the public agenda. d. political socialization. e. content aggregation. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 75. When the media uncovers public wrongdoing and brings that wrongdoing to the public's attention, it is engaged in which role of the media? a. entertaining the public b. socializing new generations c. providing a political forum d. making profits e. setting the public agenda ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 76. The media influences the political socialization of younger Americans and immigrants by doing all of the following EXCEPT a. transmitting historical information. b. presenting American culture. c. portraying diverse regions in the United States. d. portraying diverse groups in the United States. e. providing a source of neutral, factual political information. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 77. Priming can be defined as a way in which the media a. limits access to opinionated information. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 17
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media b. sets the public agenda of what government ought to do. c. alters public perceptions of an issue by embedding that issue in particular stories. d. seeks to make a profit. e. socializes new generations about major political issues. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 78. The use of media by candidates for public office is part of the media's role in a. entertainment. b. providing a political forum. c. earning profits. d. reporting the news. e. political socialization. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 79. National Public Radio (NPR) is __________ most media in the United States, in that it is __________. a. unlike; publicly owned b. like; publicly owned c. unlike; privately owned d. like; privately owned e. like; for-profit ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 80. The need to make a profit increases the pressure that media feels from a. the president. b. Congress. c. lobbyists. d. advertisers. e. public television. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 81. Online versions of newspapers a. now have more subscribers than cable news has viewers. b. have led to a resurgence of the newspaper industry. c. have difficulty selling enough advertising to cover their costs. d. are highly profitable. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 18
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media e. are free to consumers. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 82. An Internet news site that employs a staff to write stories is a a. news aggregator. b. not-for-profit public medium. c. content clearing house. d. content aggregator. e. content provider. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 83. The act of retreating behind a paywall describes a. newspapers charging for online access. b. the news industry's efforts to increase advertising revenues. c. the news industry's efforts to decrease reporters' salaries. d. newspapers seeking unpaid contributions from non-staff reporters. e. the news industry's efforts to decrease reporters' salaries, and newspapers seeking unpaid contributions from non-staff reporters. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 84. A website that collects and displays related items of content through its search engines, but creates little or no content is a(n) a. content provider. b. network provider. c. aggregator. d. accumulator. e. primer. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 85. A service like that provided by Google, which searches the Internet but provides little original content, a. is considered an aggregator. b. is a not-for-profit service that others use to provide their content. c. is considered an accumulator. d. is considered an aggregator, and is a not-for-profit service that others use to provide their content. e. is considered an accumulator, and is a not-for-profit service that others use to provide their content. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 19
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 86. Unlike other forms of media, __________ face(s) the challenges posed by __________. a. television; time constraints b. television; low advertising revenues c. Internet websites; declining numbers of consumers d. Internet websites; a ban on online advertising e. National Public Radio; the need to make a profit ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 87. A brief, memorable comment that can easily fit into news broadcasts is known as a. a media bite. b. a sound bite. c. a quick quote. d. a sound frame. e. a media frame. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 88. While younger voters get _______________ of their news from television, it is _____________ for older voters. a. a relatively small share; a primary source of news b. a relatively small share; completely irrelevant c. about half; a primary source of news d. about half; completely irrelevant e. most; less important as a source of news ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 89. During the 2012 elections, spending on political advertising a. was lower than usual. b. was more highly regulated than usual, due to Supreme Court decisions. c. was eclipsed by the costs of campaigns' online efforts. d. exceeded $7 billion. e. exceeded $10 billion. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 20
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media 90. Since the "daisy girl" political advertisement in 1964, we have seen _________________ because _________________. a. a decline in negative advertising; it is perceived as having little or no effect b. a decline in negative advertising; it only harms the campaign that "goes negative" c. an increase in negative advertising; it is perceived as effective d. a decline in both positive and negative political advertising; they are perceived as ineffective e. a decline in both positive and negative political advertising; they are too costly ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 91. Negative advertising can backfire because a. it may boost the chances of a third candidate. b. the public may think poorly of a candidate who engages in negative advertising. c. the public do not pay attention to negative ads. d. it may boost the chances of a third candidate, and the public may think poorly of a candidate who engages in negative advertising. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 92. A campaign might prefer coverage by the news media to political advertising because news coverage is a. free. b. seen as neutral. c. more effective in persuading voters. d. easier to control. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 93. Planning photogenic and interesting events and granting favors to reporters are part of political campaigns' efforts to a. frame the news. b. set the agenda. c. spin the news. d. manage the news coverage. e. engage in media priming. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns 94. An interpretation of campaign events or election results that is favorable to a candidate's campaign strategy is called a. partisan framing. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 21
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media b. selective interpretation. c. campaign framing. d. the political twist. e. spin. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 95. A campaign advisor who tries to convince journalists of the truth of a particular interpretation of events is called a a. news consultant. b. flip-flopper. c. spin doctor. d. fact checker. e. win engineer. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 96. All of the following are true of presidential debates EXCEPT a. challengers generally have more to gain by debating than do incumbent Presidents. b. debates can undermine the presidential image of an incumbent. c. debates put challengers and incumbents on equal footing. d. participation in presidential debates is required of candidates by law. e. televised debates are believed to have given John Kennedy the edge over Richard Nixon in the close election of 1960. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 97. The first televised presidential debate was between a. Eisenhower and Stevenson in 1956. b. Kennedy and Nixon in 1960. c. Johnson and Goldwater in 1964. d. Nixon and Humphrey in 1968. e. Nixon and McGovern in 1972. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 98. The candidacy of Donald Trump during the 2016 Republican presidential primaries was that of a. an insurgent candidate who never faded in the polls. b. an insurgent candidate who won over the establishment. c. an establishment candidate who led from the beginning. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 22
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media d. an establishment candidate who overcame insurgent candidates. e. an establishment candidate who won due to his advantage in the "invisible primary." ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 99. Breaking up large banks and tuition-free college education were major themes in the 2016 presidential candidacy of a. Bernie Sanders. b. Hillary Clinton. c. Donald Trump. d. Ted Cruz. e. Scott Walker. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 100. Campaign blogs and podcasts a. have improved candidates’ ability to deliver their message to voters without media filter. b. have made it more difficult for candidates to control their campaigns. c. are not followed by mainstream news media. d. are sometimes created for the candidate by professional strategists. e. have improved candidates’ ability to deliver their message to voters without media filter, and are sometimes created for the candidate by professional strategists. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 101. A ______ is a website where an individual or group posts regular updates on their ideas or experiences. a. podcast b. blog c. news aggregator d. spin site e. network ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 102. News blogs a. are a dangerous new invention. b. are only produced by paid journalists. c. can be produced inexpensively. d. provide the same high-quality information as traditional newspapers. e. are the main source of news to a majority of Americans. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 23
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 103. Most popular political blogs today a. are the work of single individuals. b. are the work of a team of many individuals. c. employ thousands of paid writers. d. only aggregate content from other sources. e. are the work of a team of many individuals, and employ thousands of paid writers. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 104. __________ present a threat to mainstream media, largely because they __________. a. Blogs; are cheap to produce b. Blogs; have more access to political candidates c. Podcasts; are the favored form of voter outreach among candidates for office d. Podcasts; help bring in millions in online fundraising e. Presidential debates; are required to be shown, despite low viewership ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 105. The United States has one of the a. freest presses in the world. b. most restricted presses in the world. c. most traditional media-based presses in the world. d. most socialistic presses in the world. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 106. The 1996 Telecommunications Act a. ended a rule prohibiting the merging of media from two different domestic markets. b. ended a rule prohibiting foreign ownership of any media in the United States. c. ended a rule prohibiting telephone companies from entering the cable business. d. created a rule prohibiting foreign ownership of any media in the United States. e. created a rule to create a publicly owned cable television provider. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 24
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media 107. A single corporation can offer television, phone, and Internet services due to a. a key merger between a phone and cable company in the early 2000s. b. the Supreme Court supporting companies' right to make a profit by offering multiple products. c. the Telecommunications Act of 2001. d. the Telecommunications Act of 1996. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 108. Today, all of the major prime-time television networks are a. owned by media conglomerates. b. owned by the government. c. operating independently of other forms of media. d. going bankrupt due to the Internet. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 109. The concerns about concentrated media ownership include a. concentration could lead to a decline in the democratic debate. b. media owners might steer the national agenda. c. cable news viewers will be lost to newspapers owned by the parent company. d. concentration could lead to a decline in the democratic debate, and media owners might steer the national agenda. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 110. An example of a news organization with a clear conservative bias is a. CNN. b. MSNBC. c. ABC News. d. CBS News. e. Fox News. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 111. The Supreme Court has been slow in extending free speech to __________, but very quick in applying such protections to ____________. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 25
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media a. the Internet; television b. motion pictures; the Internet c. newspapers; television d. the Internet; newspapers e. television; motion pictures ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 112. Radio, television, wire, and cable are regulated by a. the Department of Communications. b. the states. c. the Federal Communications Commission. d. the Constitution. e. themselves, with no government oversight. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 113. Government control of media content a. has evolved over time. b. is limited by the First Amendment. c. happens, in part, through the Federal Communications Commission. d. includes greater control over electronic media than print media. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 114. The principle that an Internet service provider (ISP) should treat all Internet traffic equally is a. network neutrality. b. web neutrality. c. network equality. d. not-for-profit networking. e. web equality. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 115. The Internet a. was developed entirely within the private market. b. began as a commercial enterprise, but was later controlled by government. c. was stolen from the Soviet Union during the Cold War. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 26
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media d. descended directly from U.S. Defense Department programs. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 116. Websites and communications services are a. liable for the actions of their users. b. largely exempt from responsibility for the actions of their users. c. rigidly controlled by the federal government. d. mostly government owned. e. controlled mostly by state governments. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 117. The principle of net neutrality is a. a proposed Constitution amendment awaiting states ratification. b. codified in a 2008 federal law. c. the result of many separate laws in the states. d. not actually written into law. e. a proposed Constitution amendment awaiting states ratification, and not actually written into law. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 118. The advent of broadband Internet access has led to the rise of a. a single ISP with a national monopoly. b. a great deal of competition in the broadband market. c. ISPs with local monopolies. d. a single ISP with a national monopoly. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 119. Regarding net neutrality as a partisan issue, ______ tend to favor ISPs, while _______ champion the major Internet firms like Facebook and Netflix. a. Democrats; Republicans b. Libertarians; Democrats and Republicans c. Democrats and Republicans; Libertarians d. Republicans; Democrats e. Third Party candidates; Democrats and Republicans Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 27
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 120. Most __________ have tried carefully to separate opinion pieces from straight news. a. political blogs b. cable news stations c. new media d. traditional media like newspapers e. new media and traditional media like newspapers. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 121. Talk radio is almost completely dominated by a. liberals. b. conservatives. c. moderates. d. libertarians. e. socialists. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 122. The fairness doctrine a. was a rule about presenting controversial issues in a balanced and honest way. b. was an FCC regulation of broadcasting that was repealed in the 1980s. c. mostly prevented the kinds of talk radio programs that we see today. d. was a rule about presenting controversial issues in a balanced and honest way, and was an FCC regulation of broadcasting that was repealed in the 1980s. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 123. Television and cable networks have begun to a. self-regulate by reimplementing the principles of the fairness doctrine. b. lose viewers back to traditional media like newspapers. c. allow opinion-based programs like those found in talk radio. d. eliminate opinion journalism from their programming. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 28
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 124. The question of whether the fairness doctrine ought to be reestablished has been a. raised by liberals after the Democratic sweep of 2008. b. raised by conservatives as a way to make the media more balanced. c. pushed by the Democratic leaders in Congress. d. pushed by Republican leaders in Congress. e. popular among both liberals and conservatives. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 125. Some critics have linked the Tea Party movement to a. newspaper opinion pages. b. conservative talk radio. c. Internet blogs. d. network news broadcasts. e. negative television advertising. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 126. Studies of bias in the media have reached a. different conclusions: some found a liberal bias, while others found a conservative bias. b. a clear conclusion: there is a liberal bias in the media. c. a clear conclusion: there is a conservative bias in the media. d. a clear conclusion: there is no bias in the media. e. different conclusions: there is an ideological bias but there is no racial bias. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 127. Journalists are more likely to identify as a. Democrats than as Republicans. b. Republicans than as Democrats. c. Republicans than as independents. d. libertarians than as Democrats. e. libertarians than as Republicans. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 128. Public opinion polling shows that more of the public believe the media to be _________ than ___________. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 29
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media a. reporting too much serious news; too entertainment driven b. too entertainment driven; reporting too much serious news c. too liberal; too conservative d. too conservative; too liberal e. independent and neutral; ideologically biased ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 129. Most journalists follow __________ that dictates __________. a. a code of professional ethics; they may not vote in elections they cover b. a code of professional ethics; a commitment to objectivity and truth c. a code of professional ethics; they must present information from both sides, no matter what the facts say d. a liberal ideology; they favor Democrats in their reporting e. a conservative ideology; they favor Republicans in their reporting ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 130. The issue of media bias may be declining importance due to all of the following EXCEPT a. the rise of the Internet. b. the ability of consumers to find both mainstream and alternative sources. c. a decline in consumer trust in sources that are clearly conservative or liberal. d. the ability of consumers to find both conservative and liberal sources. e. Al of these choices are true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 131. Discuss the media's role in political socialization, with a focus on how and why different generations might have been socialized differently. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 132. Evaluate the role of the media in setting the public agenda and argue whether you think it is good or bad for them to have this power. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 133. Evaluate the transition from traditional to new forms of media and discuss what effects this will have on American politics. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 30
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 06 Public Opinion, Political Socialization, and the Media REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 134. Discuss the relationship between news media and advertisers. What effects might this relationship have and why do you believe this is a good or a bad thing? Be sure to support your answer. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Roles of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.1 - LO1 135. Contrast political advertisements with the efforts of campaigns to manage news coverage. What are the advantages and disadvantages of both of these campaign tactics? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 136. Explain the ways in which new media (Internet, blogs, podcasts) are used in campaigns. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Media and Political Campaigns LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.2 - LO2 137. Discuss the ownership of traditional media and its effects, as well as the effects that non-traditional media may have in balancing this. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 138. Discuss the principle of net neutrality and argue whether such a principle should or should not be enforced by law. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Government Regulation of the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.3 - LO3 139. Discus the repeal of the Fairness Doctrine and its effects on the evolution of opinion in news media. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4 140. Discuss the impact talk radio has had in the political arena making sure to address the issue of bias and talk radio's influence on television. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Opinion and Bias in the Media LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.BARD.19.10.4 - LO4
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 31
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties 1. If a group of people supporting housing equity organized themselves and attempted to affect policymakers, they would have formed a. an interest group. b. a political party. c. a lobby. d. a civil interest group. e. a social movement. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 2. An interest group is a. any association of individuals. b. a group of people who want to gain control of the government. c. an organization that actively attempts to influence government policy. d. any organization that requires members to pay dues. e. an organization setup to support a specific candidate for public office. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 3. The Constitution protects interest groups through the a. First Amendment’s right to “petition the Government for a redress of grievances.” b. First Amendment’s right to “peaceably assemble.” c. Fourth Amendment’s protection against illegal search and seizure. d. Fifth Amendment’s right against self-incrimination. e. First Amendment’s right to “petition the Government for a redress of grievances” and the First Amendment’s right to “peaceably assemble.” ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 4. Many interest groups employ __________, who are hired to represent the groups' interests to the government. a. members of Congress b. members of the White House Executive Office of the President. c. judges d. activists e. lobbyists ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 5. A lobbyist is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties a. any association of individuals. b. inevitably affiliated with one of the two major political parties. c. an individual or organization that attempts to influence legislation and the administrative decisions of government. d. a member of Congress who challenges the majority position. e. a member of the congressional leadership who is in a position to shape the legislative agenda in a way that benefits powerful interest groups. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 6. All of the following are true of social movements EXCEPT that they a. represent demands by a large segment of the population. b. are usually orchestrated by pre-existing interest groups. c. often lead to the creation of interest groups. d. are often the first expression of discontent with the existing system. e. are often the voice of weaker groups who do not have the ability or resources to effectively organize. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 7. A latent interest is a. a major, stated interest of an interest group. b. a policy interest of an interest group. c. a constitutional interest of an interest group. d. the same as a solidary incentive. e. an interest not recognized or addressed by a group at a particular time. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 8. A free rider is a. an interest group member. b. a participant in a social movement. c. someone granted free passage to Washington, DC, to lobby or demonstrate. d. someone who benefits from the actions of a group without joining it. e. a civil rights activist. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 9. People who become members of interest groups for solidary incentives are joining a. for a sense of belonging to the group. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties b. to improve their economic opportunities. c. for ethical beliefs or ideological reasons. d. to obtain political, economic, or social change. e. as free riders. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 10. Someone joining an interest group for friendship or companionship are seeking ___________, while those who want benefits such as discounts or emergency assistance are joining for __________. a. solidary incentives; purposive incentives b. solidary incentives; material incentives c. material incentives; solidary incentives d. material incentives; purposive incentives e. purposive incentives; material incentives ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 11. People who become members of interest groups for material incentives are joining a. for a sense of belonging to the group. b. to improve their economic opportunities or gain economic benefits. c. for ethical beliefs or ideological reasons. d. to institute change for political, economic, or social impact on the whole society. e. because they have been pressured to do so. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 12. People who become members of interest groups for purposive incentives are joining a. for a sense of belonging to the group. b. as free riders. c. for ethical beliefs or ideological reasons. d. to improve their economic opportunities. e. because they have been pressured to do so. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 13. Someone who joins an interest group because he or she believes in the ideals of the group and wants a sense of belonging and community with others who share their beliefs is acting for a. solidary incentives, but not purposive incentives. b. material incentives, but not solidary incentives. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties c. both material and solidary incentives, but not purposive incentives. d. both purposive and material incentives, but not solidary incentives. e. both purposive and solidary incentives, but not material incentives. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 14. The most numerous types of interest groups in the United States are a. economic interest groups. b. social interest groups. c. liberal interest groups. d. environmental interest groups. e. public interest groups. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 15. Which types of interest groups are defined as economic interest groups? a. business, labor, and public interest groups b. labor, agriculture, and environmental groups c. business, labor, and foreign governments d. business, labor, and professionals e. professionals, agriculture, and foreign governments ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 16. The U.S. Chamber of Commerce a. handles foreign trade. b. ratifies trade treaties. c. represents the U.S. government in dealing with domestic businesses. d. represents millions of domestic businesses to the U.S. government. e. was James Madison's proposed "third house" of Congress. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 17. __________ are among the most successful in obtaining subsidies. a. First Amendment interest groups b. Second Amendment interest groups c. Pharmacological interest groups d. Agricultural interest groups e. Organized labor unions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 18. What can be said of agricultural interest groups in the United States? a. Agricultural interest groups' influence on U.S. legislation has been minimal. b. Because farmers represent less than 1 percent of the population, their interest group influence has been weak. c. Although there are many agricultural interest groups representing farmers, they have been unsuccessful in obtaining subsides for their members, d. Although farmers represent less than 1 percent of the population, they have very strong interest groups. e. As the numbers of farmers have declined, so has the influence of groups that represent them. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 19. The age of automation and the rise of the service sector have a. led to increased power for labor unions. b. eliminated the need for interest groups for workers. c. led to an increase in the percentage of blue-collar workers in the total working population. d. led to attempts to unionize migrant farm workers, service workers, and public employees. e. caused the collapse of all labor interest groups. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 20. Over the past fifty years, union membership has risen in __________, while it has declined in __________. a. the total workforce; the public sector b. the total workforce; the private sector c. the public sector; the private sector d. the private sector; the public sector e. the agricultural industry; the service industry ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 NOTES: Factual 21. Since 1960, the greatest growth in unionization has occurred among a. military personnel. b. professional athletes. c. public employees. d. private sector employees. e. information technology employees. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 22. In some states, __________, it is prohibited to bargain with public sector unions. a. mostly in the Southwest b. mostly in the Midwest c. mostly in the Northeast d. mostly in the South e. mostly on the West coast ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 23. Some argue that the interest group system is most likely to leave out a. poor Americans. b. workers in the public sector. c. workers in the private sector. d. the agriculture industry. e. small businesses. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 24. Environmental groups have found themselves in conflict with other interests over the issue of a. protecting the snowy egret. b. wildlife education. c. global warming. d. purchasing threatened lands. e. protecting whales and dolphins from hunting. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 25. Unsafe and unsanitary work conditions in the early 1900s were a problem leading to the development of a. the feminist movement. b. the consumer movement. c. the civil rights movement. d. the anti-lobbying movement. e. mostly conservative, pro-business special interest groups. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties 26. Generally speaking, groups that work toward a common or national good are considered to be a. organized labor. b. material incentive groups. c. ideological groups. d. solidary incentive groups. e. public-interest groups. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 27. The National Abortion Rights Action League (NARAL) and the National Rifle Association (NRA) are examples of a. economic interest groups. b. single-interest groups. c. public interest groups. d. foreign interest groups. e. fringe interest groups. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 28. Single-issue interest groups a. include the American Association of Retired Persons (AARP). b. include the Common Cause, which lobbies for government reform. c. are narrowly focused, usually on just one issue. d. have members who tend to care intensely about their issues. e. are narrowly focused, usually on just one issue, and have members who tend to care intensely about their issues. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 29. Groups such as the National Organization for Women (NOW) and American Association of Retired Persons (AARP) are examples of a. public interest groups. b. ideological groups. c. identity groups. d. single-issue interest groups. e. environmental groups. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 30. Foreign governments Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties a. often contribute large sums of money to key members of Congress. b. sometimes hire former members of Congress as lobbyists. c. provide expensive gifts to members of Congress who travel to a country on official government business. d. are rarely interested in the policy debates concerning trade issues. e. are prohibited by law from attempting to influence U.S. policy. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 31. Regardless of an interest group's size or resources, it can be considered powerful if a. it has strong and effective leadership. b. it successfully turns itself into a political party. c. its members are motivated, engaged, and politically active. d. it has strong and effective leadership and it successfully turns itself into a political party. e. it has strong and effective leadership and its members are motivated, engaged, and politically active. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 32. The existence of interest groups a. shows that public interest groups and civil rights make up a large percentage of interest groups lobbying Congress. b. shows that leaders are from the lower social-economic groups. c. demonstrates the validity of the elite theory model of U.S. political system. d. can be problematic for democracy because members of the middle or upper classes often dominate interest groups. e. is required by the Constitution. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 33. Most interest groups have a bias toward a. the middle and upper classes. b. the middle and lower classes. c. the common good. d. the political right. e. the political left. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 34. Key factors to an interest group's success include all of the following EXCEPT a. leadership. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties b. sponsorship by a major political party. c. resources. d. cohesiveness. e. size. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 35. The makeup of dominant voices of interest groups toward Congress tends to support a. an elite theory of politics. b. a pluralist theory of politics. c. a direct democracy. d. an elite theory of politics and a pluralist theory of politics. e. a pluralist theory of politics and a direct democracy. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 36. The primary distinction between an interest group and a political party is that only a. interest groups seek to affect policy. b. interest groups have unaffiliated supporters. c. parties run candidates for office. d. interest groups seek to operate the government. e. interest groups have unaffiliated supporters and only parties try to influence elections. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 37. The enthusiasm gap a. declined in the 1980s. b. depicts the different levels of enthusiasm between public and private sector unions. c. depicts the different levels of enthusiasm between those who gain the benefits and those who pay the costs of a policy. d. depicts the different levels of enthusiasm between interest groups and political parties. e. depicts the different levels of enthusiasm between identify groups and ideological groups. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 NOTES: Conceptual 38. Republicans tend to get support from interest groups like _________, while ___________ tend(s) to support Democrats. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties a. the U.S. Chamber of Commerce; Americans for Tax Reform b. environmental groups; Americans for Tax Reform c. Americans for Tax Reform; the U.S. Chamber of Commerce d. labor unions; environmental groups e. the U.S. Chamber of Commerce; labor unions ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 39. Successful interest groups and their representatives try to cultivate long-term relationships with a. foreign ambassadors. b. legislators and government officials. c. federal judges. d. business leaders. e. police commissioners and chiefs of police. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 40. All of the following are true of interest groups EXCEPT that they a. use a wide range of techniques and strategies to promote their policy goals. b. are extremely successful in persuading the president to endorse their programs completely. c. may try to block or weaken legislation. d. provide officials with information and assistance when needed. e. may lobby officials personally or use the general public to influence government on their behalf. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 41. A lobbyist from the NRA meeting with a member of Congress to discuss firearms legislation is an example of a. the free rider problem. b. a party coalition. c. an indirect technique. d. a direct technique. e. a boycott. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 42. All of the following are true of lobbyists EXCEPT that they a. may help draft legislation for public officials. b. may be members of some of Washington, DC’s law firms that specialize in providing services to government officials. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties c. fabricate the truth when providing information to public officials. d. meet with public officials to inform them of the interests of their clients. e. may testify before congressional committees. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 43. One of the ways in which lobbyists make themselves valuable to decision makers is by a. threatening to campaign against them in upcoming elections. b. providing bribes. c. threatening to withhold campaign contributions. d. providing information and expertise whenever asked. e. inviting them to parties. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 44. Lobbyists provide advisory assistance to legislators by a. testifying before legislative committees. b. assisting legislators with the drafting of bills. c. providing technical expertise to legislators. d. providing exotic vacations for legislators. e. testifying before legislative committees, assisting legislators with the drafting of bills, and providing technical expertise to legislators. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 45. If a group such as the American Association of Retired Persons (AARP) issued ratings of members of Congress, a rating of zero means that a member a. voted against the group on every issue. b. voted with the group on every issue. c. did not vote on issues affecting the group. d. did not sponsor any legislation affecting the group. e. sits on no committees affecting the group. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 46. Groups recognize that the greatest concern of legislators is to a. support the principles of their political party. b. be reelected. c. vote for the ideas of the constituents. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties d. be totally informed on issues they will have to vote on. e. please the congressional leadership. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 47. Political endorsements by interest groups are a. important because the group can publicize its choices in its membership publication. b. not very important because while candidates can publicize the fact that their campaign is endorsed by groups, they cannot identify the specific source of the endorsement. c. relatively ineffective today. d. a violation of campaign finance reform laws. e. allowed only in local elections, but forbidden in races for federal office. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 48. Indirect techniques used by interest groups include a. approaching officials personally to press a case. b. strategies that use the general public or individuals to influence the government for the interest group. c. illegal tactics such as bribes and payoffs. d. paying members of Congress as consultants in return for favorable votes on issues important to the interest group. e. testifying before congressional committees. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 49. Generating public pressure and awareness may a. convince policymakers that public opinion overwhelmingly supports the interest group’s position. b. mislead the public on environmental issues. c. bypass the legislative process. d. force bureaucrats to answer to congressional committees. e. lobby lawmakers directly. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 50. Legislators and government officials are often more impressed by contacts from a. constituents than interest groups. b. aides to the Supreme Court than the bar association in their district. c. lobbyists who threaten to take their case to the public than their constituents. d. reporters who leak classified information to the press than the media in general. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties e. representatives from foreign governments than lobbyists from American interests. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 51. Public relations efforts aimed at improving the public image of an industry or group are called a. public imagery. b. public lobbying. c. grassroots manipulation. d. image control. e. climate control. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 52. All of the following are techniques used by interest groups to involve the general public EXCEPT a. attempting to mobilize large numbers of constituents to write, phone, or send e-mails and tweets to their legislators. b. using demonstrations, rallies, and marches. c. violently protesting so officials will know the unhappiness of the public. d. getting people to boycott a business. e. commissioning polls and publicizing the results for the public to see. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 53. All of the following statements about demonstrations are true EXCEPT a. if peaceable, they are protected by the First Amendment. b. they were used to great effect by the civil rights movement. c. they were used by the movement against the Vietnam War. d. they are organized refusals to buy the products of a particular company. e. if violent, they can backfire and alienate the public. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 54. The primary purpose of 1946 legislation that targeted lobbying was to a. prohibit all lobbying activities. b. restrict lobbying to the legislative branch. c. heavily regulate lobbying. d. improve public disclosure of lobbying. e. create an agency that would oversee lobbying. ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 55. Legislation to regulate lobbying in 1946 resulted in a. a minimal number of individuals registered as lobbyists. b. a large number of lobbyists decided to reveal their tactics. c. a significant decrease in the influence of special interests. d. an increase in reporting requirements for lobbyists at federal agencies and the courts. e. a public record of all lobbyists active that year. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 56. As a result of 1946 lobbying legislation and Supreme Court's United States v. Harriss decision, you have to register as a lobbyist if you work a. for any group trying to influence government. b. directly to influence the bureaucracy. c. directly to influence Congress. d. directly to influence the executive. e. All of these options are true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 57. Lobbying reforms made in 1995 and 1996, both through legislation and congressional rules, included a. defining a lobbyist as anyone who spends 20 percent of his or her time lobbying Congress or the executive branch. b. requiring lobbyists to register with congressional officials. c. reporting on the nature of lobbying efforts. d. rules meant to restrict the value of gifts given to members of Congress. e. All of these options are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 58. A lobbyist is defined as __________, according to 1995 lobbying reforms. a. anyone who spends any of his/her time lobbying b. anyone who spends at least 10 percent of his/her time lobbying c. anyone who spends at least 20 percent of his/her time lobbying d. anyone who spends at least 50 percent of his/her time lobbying e. anyone who spends all work hours lobbying ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 59. The Honest Leadership and Open Government Act of 2007 a. requires lobbyists to report their activities annually. b. requires Congress to post lobbying information on the Internet. c. significantly changed the culture in Washington, DC. d. requires that all pork spending proposals be reported to the president. e. limits spending by lobbyists to $100,000 per quarter. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 60. Identifying and making legislative earmarks public was a key feature of a. the 1946 lobbying reforms. b. the 1995 lobbying reforms. c. the 1995–96 rules of the House and Senate. d. the 2007 lobbying reforms. e. both the 1946 lobbying reforms and the 2007 lobbying reforms. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 61. Explain the free rider problem faced by interest groups and how they combat this problem. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 62. What are the differences between a social movement and an interest group? How are they related? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Interest Group Fundamentals LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.1 - LO1 63. Describe the categories of economic interest groups and provide examples of each. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 64. Discuss two different categories of economic interest groups and contrast these groups with public interest groups. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Types of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.2 - LO2 65. Explain the differences between interest groups and political parties. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 66. Evaluate the roles of size, leadership, and cohesiveness in interest group power and argue which of these you believe to be the most important and why. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Influence of Interest Groups LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.3 - LO3 67. Explain how lobbyists influence legislation or policy by highlighting three common techniques employed by lobbyists. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 68. Explain how interest groups make use of the public in their efforts to influence policy and legislation. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Interest Group Strategies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 69. Describe legislative efforts to regulate the activities of lobbyists. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 70. What would be the unintended consequences if lobbying was abolished? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Regulating Lobbyists LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt. 19.7.3 - LO3 71. In recent years, Republicans who have failed to toe the party line a. have switched to the Democratic Party. b. have dominated leadership positions in Congress. c. have most often been the most extremely conservative members of the party. d. have defeated many RINOs. e. have faced serious challenges in the Republican primary. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 72. After taking control of the Senate in 2014, Republicans hoped to override President Obama a. through populist appeals. b. by appealing to grassroots concerns. c. by impeaching him. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties d. by shutting down the government. e. by passing effective, conservative governmental policies. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 73. A voter or a candidate who does not identify with a political party is called a. a naysayer. b. an independent. c. a liberal. d. a conservative. e. a libertarian. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 74. It is estimated that about ____________ of voters who identify as "independent" still lean toward either the Republican or the Democratic Party. a. 10 percent b. 25 percent c. 50 percent d. 75 percent e. 90 percent ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 75. A political party is a group of individuals who a. agree on all policy issues. b. organize to win elections and operate the government. c. pay monthly dues to an ideological organization. d. have been elected to office and have obtained positions of power. e. accept the decisions of the party’s leaders. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 76. A political party differs from an interest group in that a. political parties want to operate the government and interest groups do not. b. political parties do not want to operate the government and interest groups do. c. individuals must pay dues to a political party but not to an interest group. d. individuals in a political party agree on all major policy issues. e. interest groups select candidates to run for office and political parties do not. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 17
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 77. In the context of political parties, a policy demander is a. any elected official with the power to create law. b. a citizen who approaches elected officials about policy concerns. c. an individual who participates in the party to ensure that certain policies are adopted. d. an elected Senator who filibusters in order to gain attention for particular policies. e. the deciding vote for or against a policy. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 78. The primary goal of an American political party is a. peaceably influencing the American public. b. signing up large numbers of deeply committed members. c. getting the party’s candidates elected to office by winning elections. d. collecting member dues. e. trying to find the other party doing “bad” things. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 79. Functions of political parties in the United States include all of the following EXCEPT a. operating the government. b. acting as an organized opposition to the party in power. c. signing up large numbers of dues-paying committed members. d. recruiting candidates for public office. e. presenting alternative policies to the electorate. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 80. All of the following are a part of parties' role in organizing and running elections EXCEPT a. organizing voter registration drives. b. recruiting volunteers to work at the polls on election day. c. providing much of the campaign activity to stimulate election interest. d. working to increase voter participation. e. articulating policies and opposing the majority party. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 18
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties 81. The party-in-the-electorate is made up of a. the members of the general public who identify with a political party. b. the formal structure and leadership of a political party. c. all of the elected and appointed officials who identify with a party. d. the members of the electoral college. e. the individuals who choose the members of the electoral college. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 82. The party organization of a political party does all of the following EXCEPT a. provide a structural framework for the party. b. create law. c. recruiting volunteers. d. identifying candidates for office. e. organize conventions. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 83. All elected and appointed officials who identify with a political party are the a. party-in-the-electorate. b. party organization. c. party-in-government. d. party base. e. party faithful. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 84. The lowest layer of official party machinery is a. the local organization supported by district leaders, precinct or ward captains, and party workers. b. the state party chairperson and committees. c. the national campaign chairperson’s volunteers. d. the White House interns. e. the national convention delegates. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 85. Divided government a. reflects a situation when a person votes for candidates of two parties for different offices. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 19
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties b. exists when the presidency and Congress are controlled by different parties. c. is another name for federalism. d. increases the control of the winning party in an election. e. is a strong indication of the emergence of a new third party. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 86. Candidates for president and vice-president in the United States are chosen a. by party “bosses.” b. by dues-paid party members. c. as a result of the candidate’s hard work and personal organization. d. at party conventions. e. in such a way that the party leadership can be sure that the candidates will support the party’s platform. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 87. The system of patronage a. is another name for representation. b. only occurred at the national level. c. ended by the time of the Civil War. d. rewarded party faithful with government jobs and contracts. e. guarantees mentors for newly elected officials. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 88. The two-party system a. emerged as a consequence of the form of government created by the Constitution. b. is a requirement in the Constitution. c. emerged in the twentieth century. d. was favored by George Washington. e. emerged as a consequence of the form of government created by the Constitution and was favored by George Washington. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 89. A two-party system a. is one in which there are only two legal parties. b. is one in which only two parties have a reasonable chance of winning. c. is one in which control of government is divided between two political parties. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 20
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties d. tends to exist mostly in European democracies. e. is one in which there are only two legal parties and tends to exist mostly in European democracies. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 90. The first partisan political division in the United States was between a. the Democrats and the Republicans. b. the Whigs and the Democrats. c. the Federalists and the Anti-Federalists. d. the Whigs and the Tories. e. the Whigs and the Republicans. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 91. George Washington viewed political parties as a a. necessity for the functioning of democracy. b. tradition from colonial times that would always exist. c. threat to national unity and popular government. d. legitimate means for interest groups to attempt to gain control of the government. e. vestige of politics under Great Britain and thus a thing of the past. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 92. In the 1700s, a voter who was a merchant and who supported a strong national government would most likely have supported a. the Whig Party. b. the Federalist Party. c. the Republican Party. d. the Democratic Party. e. the National Republican Party. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 93. The party most likely to support states rights in 1800 would have been a. the National Republicans. b. the Constitutional Unionists. c. the Whigs. d. the Federalists. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 21
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties e. the Jeffersonian Republicans. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 94. In the period leading up to the Civil War a. the Whig Party split over the issue of slavery. b. anti-slavery factions of many parties coalesced to form the Republican Party. c. the Federalist Party experienced a resurgence of support. d. the Whig Party split over the issue of slavery and anti-slavery factions of many parties coalesced to form the Republican Party. e. anti-slavery factions of many parties coalesced to form the Republican Party and the Federalist Party experienced a resurgence of support. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 95. All of the following are true EXCEPT a. the Republican Party was founded by uniting northern Whigs, anti-slavery Democrats, and members of the Free Soil Party. b. southerners resented Republicans’ role in defeating the South in the Civil War. c. the Republicans after the Civil War supported business interests and evangelical Protestant cultural values. d. the Republicans turned to supporting states’ rights after the Civil War. e. the Republicans opposed the prohibition of alcoholic beverages after the Civil War. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 96. After the Civil War, a candidate for office who supported currency inflation as a way to bring down the value of people's debts was likely a a. Republican. b. Federalist. c. populist. d. progressive. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 97. Under Woodrow Wilson, the Democratic Party a. rejected the policies of progressivism. b. continued to adhere to the same basic policies that it did in the nineteenth century. c. began a radical change by endorsing the idea that government should become involved in the economy. d. shattered into three very distinct parties that were extraordinarily antagonistic toward each other. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 22
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties e. adopted a policy of isolating the United States from the affairs of the rest of the world. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 98. Progressivism was a. a response to the growing power of corporations. b. embraced by Teddy Roosevelt. c. a belief that honest, impartial government could regulate the economy. d. embraced by Woodrow Wilson. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 99. Which of the following is true? a. The Great Depression shattered the working-class belief in Democratic economic competence. b. The Great Depression solidified the Republican Party as the dominant and most trusted party in American government and politics. c. Roosevelt’s relief programs were generally not available to African Americans, resulting in African Americans’ antagonism toward the Democratic Party that lasted for decades. d. The Great Depression shattered the working-class belief in Republican economic competence. e. Republicans held the presidency from the early 1930s until the late 1960s. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 100. Which is (are) true of the New Deal period? a. President Roosevelt’s programs were open to whites and African Americans. b. The Great Depression shattered working-class voters’ confidence in the Republican Party. c. Roosevelt’s coalition of whites and blacks was large enough to establish the Democrats as the majority party. d. Democrats made major interventions in the economy to combat the Great Depression. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 101. From the late 1960s, many southern Democrats in Congress a. were conservatives who commonly voted with Republicans. b. managed to keep the South balanced between liberal and conservative ideologies. c. were replaced by Republicans as the retired. d. led the modern period of progressivism. e. were conservatives who commonly voted with Republicans and were replaced by Republicans as they retired. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 23
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties ANSWER: e REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 102. The election of 2000 demonstrated a. the effectiveness of the electoral college in mirroring the popular vote. b. that Democratic blue states and Republican red states were largely the same as a century earlier. c. the close political divisions of the nation. d. how far the country had swung toward a period of Republican dominance. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 103. The two-party system has dominated the American political landscape for all of the following reasons EXCEPT a. political socialization and practical considerations. b. the winner-take-all electoral system. c. state and federal laws favor the two major parties. d. historical foundations of the system. e. third parties are illegal in many jurisdictions. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 104. A major reason for the two-party system is the electoral system, which is based on a. the winner-take-all, or plurality, system. b. proportional representation. c. one-party dominance of elections. d. majoritarianism. e. multi-member constituencies. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 105. In the winner-take-all system a. the candidate who gets the most votes wins. b. one must get a majority of votes cast to win. c. votes are allocated on a proportional basis. d. only parties receiving more than 5 percent of the vote are allocated seats. e. a party must have competed in a previous election to be placed on the ballot. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 24
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties 106. In many European parliamentary systems, prime ministers are elected by __________, whereas in the United States, presidents are elected ___________. a. the legislature; through the electoral college b. a popular vote of the people; through the electoral college c. the legislature; by a popular vote of the people d. the aristocracy; by a popular vote of the people e. the aristocracy; through the electoral college ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 107. In a proportional representation electoral system a. candidates for office run in single-seat, winner-take-all districts. b. political parties win seats in a legislature based on the proportion of the vote they receive. c. election results are roughly proportional to the amount of money raised by each party. d. parties win a proportion of seats in a legislature, weighted to give small parties a larger share. e. the top three parties in an election divide the government proportionally between them. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 108. Which is true of federal and state laws? a. They have encouraged third parties to get candidates on the ballot. b. They let third parties get fewer signatures to place their candidates on the ballot than major parties. c. The two major parties have a clear advantage because the laws have fewer obstacles for them. d. The federal laws have made it easy for third- or minor-party candidates to get federal matching funds. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 109. Many political scientists contend that third parties a. have consistently failed because they never reflect the political mood of the nation. b. serve as a safety valve for dissident political groups, preventing major confrontations and political unrest. c. can only come into existence if they are organized around a single charismatic leader. d. can only come into existence if they split off from one of the major political parties. e. are incapable of being formed from scratch by individuals who are committed to a particular issue or ideology. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 110. Third parties Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 25
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties a. are minor parties. b. can act as critics of the major parties. c. can be spoilers in an election. d. often start because of an idea or person. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 111. Third parties have influenced American politics by a. refusing to allow their policies to be adopted by a major party. b. sometimes determining whether the Republicans or Democrats win an election. c. focusing their efforts on getting judges appointed to the bench rather than winning elections for the executive or legislative branches. d. winning elections to state legislative bodies. e. gaining control of several municipal governments. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 112. The "Bull Moose" Party, formed in 1912 to support Theodore Roosevelt was a a. green party. b. Libertarian party. c. splinter party. d. populist party. e. Communist party. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 113. Some of the most successful minor parties have been __________, which have split off from a major party. a. ideological parties b. environmentalist parties c. splinter parties d. religious parties e. anti-war parties ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 114. Realignment a. is of necessity tied to specific elections. b. takes place when a substantial group of voters switches party allegiance. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 26
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties c. takes place when one dominant party replaces another one. d. took place on schedule in 2004. e. has been predicted as inevitable in the foreseeable future. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 115. One example of realignment was when a. anti-slavery Republicans left to join the Democratic Party before the Civil War. b. working-class voters abandoned the Republican Party in 1896 due to the Republicans’ populist politics. c. the New Deal Democratic Coalition brought African Americans and ardent segregationists into the same party in 1932. d. cultural conservatives abandoned the Republicans in 1968, especially in the South. e. evangelical Christians abandoned the Republican Party and voted for Jimmy Carter in 1976. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 116. The theory that large-scale realignments in political party support are no longer likely is known as a. dealignment theory. b. electoral stability theory. c. voter stability theory. d. rigidity theory. e. volatility theory. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 117. Which is true? a. Straight-ticket voting is now nearly universal. b. The number of people identifying as independents has grown in recent years. c. Party identification has been increasing. d. The rise in Democratic identification may be because of the southern voters. e. Split-ticket voting is declining. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 118. Tipping takes place a. when a substantial group of voters switches party allegiance. b. when increasing numbers of voters call themselves “independents.” c. when a group that is becoming more numerous over time grows large enough to change the political balance in a state. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 27
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties d. as a result of immigration or differential birth rates. e. only in countries that employ a multi-party system. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 119. John frequently supports Democratic candidates for national office but usually votes for Republicans in state and local elections. John is best described as a/n a. swing voter. b. split-ticket voter. c. independent. d. dealigned voter. e. splinter voter. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 120. Describe the different functions of political parties in our system. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 121. Define party polarization and discuss its implications for government, politics, and law. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.4 - LO4 122. Discuss the role of the Great Depression in shifting voting patterns. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 123. George Washington argued that parties were harmful to the United States. Assess his argument, taking a stance either with or against his point of view and providing evidence for your position. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: A History of Political Parties in the United States LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.5 - LO5 124. Discuss the obstacles faced by third-party and independent candidates in the American two-party system as well as their successes in impacting American elections. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 125. Why do we only have two major parties? Explain the circumstances that have perpetuated the two-party system. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 28
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 07 Interest Groups and Political Parties ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 126. Discuss the role of splinter parties and the prospects of them reducing the influence of the two party system, being sure to discuss the factions within our political parties. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 127. Discuss the growth of the Hispanic voting bloc and its effect in recent elections and discuss what effects this trend may have on future elections. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6 128. Describe the importance of independent voters and provide examples of their impact in recent elections. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Why Has the Two-Party System Endured? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.7.6 - LO6
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 29
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections 1. When citizens vote for president on election day a. they are voting for a slate of electors pledged to support a particular candidate. b. their votes are weighted by their levels of education. c. their votes are weighted by the number of times they have previously voted. d. they become members of the electoral college. e. they are also voting for all other candidates from the same party. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Twenty-First-Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 2. Abolishing the electoral college a. would require a Constitutional Amendment. b. could be done by an act of Congress. c. can be done on a state by state basis. d. would require a switch to a parliamentary system of government. e. is impossible. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Twenty-First-Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 3. A ________________ is a statewide election of delegates to a party's national convention, where the delegates will choose the party's presidential nominee. a. primary election b. party primary c. presidential primary d. delegate election e. general election ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 4. Nine years of citizenship and at least 30 years of age is the requirement to be a. the President. b. the Vice President. c. a governor. d. a Representative. e. a Senator. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 5. The U.S. Constitution states that in order to run for the office of _____ the candidate must be a natural-born citizen. a. U.S. senator. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections b. U.S. representative. c. U.S. president. d. governor. e. All of these choices are correct. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 6. James, who wants to run for public office, is a natural born citizen who is 29 years old. He is constitutionally qualified to be a. a Representative. b. a Senator. c. Vice President. d. President. e. Emperor. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 7. Holders of political office in the United States today are usually a. representative of the general public. b. evenly divided between men and women. c. white and male. d. younger than the candidates elected in the 1800s. e. Roman Catholics. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 8. The qualifications required to be a state governor are a. to be a natural-born citizen within state residency. b. to be a citizen aged 30 years or older. c. to be a citizen, aged 30 years or older, within state residency. d. to be a natural-born citizen, aged 30 years or older, within state residency. e. varied because they are set by the separate state constitutions. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 9. All of the following are reasons why many candidates for office are lawyers EXCEPT a. they have a more flexible work schedule. b. holding office is good publicity for their law practice. c. political connections can help them later in their career. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections d. they have trouble finding work in most states. e. they may have long-term career aspirations for positions that require political appointment such as judgeships or jobs in federal agencies. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 10. A striking feature of today’s political campaigns is the a. large number of people who are willing to volunteer their time. b. positive theme that most candidates use exclusively through the election. c. lack of money contributed to candidates for major political office. d. importance of paid professionals rather than volunteers. e. refusal of so many candidates to take advantage of the media. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 11. Campaigns for high offices today tend to a. focus on winning independents, rather than turning out the party base. b. focus on party base turnout, rather than independents. c. be party centered. d. be candidate centered. e. be policy centered. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 12. In a __________, political parties choose their candidates to run in the ___________. a. partisan election; general election b. primary election; secondary election c. primary election; general election d. general election; primary election e. partisan election; primary election ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 13. Tracking polls are used a. on a daily basis to determine last-minute changes in the mood of the electorate. b. by the government to determine if a candidate is receiving illegal campaign contributions. c. to encourage voter turnout. d. primarily in countries that have a multi-party political structure. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections e. by the media throughout the election year. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Twenty-First Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 14. Which campaign financing reform was best known for restricting the political activities of civil servants? a. Corrupt Practices Act b. Federal Election Campaign Act c. Supreme Court decision in Buckley v. Valeo d. Hatch Act e. McCain-Feingold Act ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 15. The federal regulatory agency that enforces federal campaign laws is a. the Federal Election Commission. b. the Department of Elections. c. the Congressional Campaign Committee. d. the Voting Rights Commission. e. the Federal Campaign Commission. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 16. Political Action Committees a. are not covered by federal election laws. b. are committees created under federal or state law for the purpose of collecting political donations. c. coordinate all expenditures directly with the candidate. d. collect funds from the candidate and transfer them to the political party. e. are limited in how much they spend. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 17. The 1974 Federal Election Campaign Act a. created the Federal Election Commission. b. placed limits on the sums that individuals and committees can contribute to candidates. c. created an effective way to enforce campaign rules. d. created the Federal Election Commission and placed limits on the sums that individuals and committees can contribute to candidates. e. made political action committees unconstitutional. ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 18. Advertising paid for by interest groups that support or oppose a candidate (or a candidate’s position on an issue) without mentioning voting or elections is called a. a PAC advertisement. b. a soft money contribution. c. issue advocacy advertising. d. a hard money expenditure. e. payola profiteering and pilfering. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 19. Independent expenditures are a. funds spent by the party independent without permission of the candidate. b. personal funds spent by the candidate on campaign activities. c. funds spent by political action committees that are not coordinated directly with a candidate’s campaign. d. funds spent by the Federal Election Commission. e. funds spent by groups of independent voters. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 20. The 2010 Supreme Court decision in Citizen’s United v. FEC a. increased the political power of corporations. b. was supported by Republicans on the basis of free speech. c. was opposed by Democrats because it gave corporations some political rights given to individual citizens. d. ruled that corporations, unions, and non-profit organizations may spend freely to support or oppose candidates as long as those expenditures are not coordinated with the candidate campaigns. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 21. Independent expenditures a. must be made from the candidate’s personal funds. b. are unregulated funds spent by organizations and individuals on advertising or other campaign activities. c. were banned by the Supreme Court decision in Citizens United v. FEC. d. were less important in the 2012 presidential election than in previous years. e. must be coordinated with the activities of the candidate in which they are tied to. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 22. The Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002 a. banned soft money contributions to national parties. b. banned campaign ads by special interest groups. c. banned independent expenditures. d. banned the practice of lobbying. e. eliminated the Federal Election Commission. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 23. The 2010 Supreme Court decision in Citizens United v. FEC allows a. corporations, unions, and individuals to donate unlimited funds to presidential campaigns. b. corporations, unions, and individuals to donate unlimited funds to entities that are “independent” of the candidates. c. corporations, unions, and individuals to donate unlimited funds to political parties. d. political parties to create special funds to donate to candidates from federal monies. e. corporations, unions, and individuals to donate unlimited funds to presidential campaigns, as well as to entities that are “independent” of the candidates. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 24. Super PACs a. allow America’s very wealthy to donate unlimited funds to influence elections. b. are political advertising councils that design political campaigns. c. are limited to raising no more than $10 million per campaign cycle. d. allow money to be spent on advertising and other political activities. e. allow America’s very wealthy to donate unlimited funds to influence elections, and spend money on advertising and other political activities. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 25. The organizations that came to be known as “527s” a. have become eclipsed in importance since the rise of super PACs. b. were set up by political parties for anonymous donors’ contributions. c. run ads that are coordinated with the candidate’s campaign ads. d. are more powerful than super PACs. e. were set up by political parties for anonymous donors’ contributions, and run ads that are coordinated with the candidate’s campaign ads. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 26. Superdelegates are a part of the presidential nomination process in the a. Green Party. b. Libertarian Party. c. Federalist Party. d. Republican Party. e. Democratic Party. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 27. A party leader or elected official who gets to vote at a party's national convention is known as a(n) a. superdelegate. b. elector. c. elite delegate. d. trustee. e. supertrustee. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 28. A candidate for office who is successful at winning support from elected officials, fund raisers, and interest groups could be said to be winning a. an open primary. b. a closed primary. c. a top-two primary. d. the invisible primary. e. the superdelegation. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 29. When only declared party members can vote in a primary election, it is called a. a closed primary. b. an open primary. c. a run-off primary. d. a blanket primary. e. a caucus. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections 30. When voters can vote in either party primary without disclosing their party affiliation, it is called a. a closed primary. b. an open primary. c. a run-off primary. d. a blanket primary. e. a caucus. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 31. When the top two candidates in a primary compete in a second primary for the majority of votes, it is called a. a closed primary. b. an open primary. c. a run-off primary. d. a blanket primary. e. a caucus. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 32. In __________ primary, a voter can vote for candidates from more than one party. a. a top-two b. a run-off c. a closed d. an open e. a blanket ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 33. At the national convention a. upon arrival most delegates are undecided as to whom they would like to see as the party’s candidate. b. the delegates from those states that had early primaries and caucuses are seated closest to the front of the convention center. c. the presidential candidate is chosen by the party delegates. d. elites within the political parties are entrusted with making the determination of an appropriate candidate based upon electability. e. it usually take three ballots for the party to choose the presidential candidate. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 34. In presidential elections Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections a. voters elect the president directly. b. the number of electors equals each state’s number of senators (two) plus its number of representatives. c. electors have always voted for the candidate who won their state’s vote. d. All of these choices are true. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 35. The number of members each state will have in the electoral college a. cannot exceed fifty members. b. cannot be changed without a constitutional amendment. c. changes every four years. d. is determined by adding the number of representatives and the number of senators a state has in Congress. e. is the same so as to ensure that each state plays an equal role in selecting the president of the United States. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 36. The manner in which members of the electoral college are selected within each state is currently governed by a. state laws. b. the Federal Electoral Selection Act. c. Article II of the U.S. Constitution. d. congressional oversight. e. federal district court judges. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 37. In the presidential elections a. electors meet in the state’s capital in December to cast their votes for the president. b. a joint session of Congress meets in early January (after the presidential election) and the electoral votes are counted. c. one can win the majority of the popular vote and not become president. d. one can win the electoral college vote without winning the majority of the popular vote. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 38. In most states, the slate of electors is chosen by a. a majority of votes. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections b. two-thirds of the votes. c. a duality of votes. d. a plurality of votes. e. a proportionality of votes. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 39. A ballot in which all candidates for a particular elected post are grouped together is a. an Indiana ballot. b. an office-block ballot. c. a party column ballot. d. an absentee ballot. e. an Australian ballot. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 40. A party-column ballot is a form of general election ballot a. that is used by only a few states today. b. that focuses attention on the office instead of the party. c. in which the candidates are arranged in one column under their respective party. d. that was held to be unconstitutional in 1948. e. in which all candidates for each elective office are grouped under the title of the office. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 41. The use of the party-column ballot has been shown to a. increase the coattail effect. b. decrease the coattail effect. c. decrease straight-ticket voting. d. increase voter turnout. e. decrease the coattail effect and decrease straight-ticket voting. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 42. Voter fraud a. is regularly suspected but seldom proved. b. was more common in the 1800s when votes were openly purchased than today. c. is the argument frequently cited by supporters of voter ID laws. d. may be overstated by some. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 43. Voter ID laws are often enacted with the stated goal of _______________, but actually have the effect of _______________. a. increasing turnout; suppressing turnout among minorities and the poor b. increasing turnout; suppressing turnout among members of the armed forces serving abroad c. preventing vote fraud; suppressing turnout among minorities and the poor d. preventing vote fraud; making ID fraud more common e. preventing vote fraud; suppressing turnout among members of the armed forces serving abroad ANSWER: c REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 44. Almost all of the support for creating voter ID laws has come from a. Republicans. b. Democrats. c. libertarians. d. socialists. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 45. Voter ID laws are often __________ because __________. a. praised; they raise voter turnout across the board b. praised; they have prevented millions of cases of fraudulent voting c. criticized; they disproportionately affect the middle class d. criticized; they disproportionately affect low-income and minority voters e. criticized; they make it easier for non-citizens to vote ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 46. The real world effect of voter ID laws in the 2012 election was that a. voter turnout was down across the board. b. they did not work and vote fraud was rampant. c. they had no measurable effect. d. turnout was down primarily among minorities, who were adversely affected by the laws. e. minorities felt their voting rights were under attack and turned out in higher than usual numbers. ANSWER: e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 47. In midterm elections a. voters choose all members of the U.S. House of Representatives. b. national elections are held in which candidates for president are not on the ballot. c. voters choose one-third of the members of the U.S. Senate. d. voters choose all members of the U.S. House of Representatives, and national elections are held in which candidates for president are not on the ballot. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 48. Voter turnout is commonly higher in __________ than in __________. a. state elections; presidential elections b. presidential elections; midterm elections c. local elections; presidential elections d. local elections; Congressional elections e. primary elections; general elections ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 49. Felons and non-citizens who cannot legally vote are included in a. the midterm voter population. b. voter identification. c. voter turnout. d. the vote-eligible population. e. the voting-age population. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 50. Voter turnout used to be calculated as a percentage of the __________, but now political scientists use the __________. a. voting-age population; vote eligible population b. voting-age population; total population c. vote eligible population; voting-age population d. total population; voting-age population e. total population; vote eligible population ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 51. All of the following are true of voter turnout EXCEPT a. older Americans are more likely to vote than younger Americans. b. the more education you have, the more likely you are to vote. c. the higher your income, the more likely you are to vote. d. African Americans are more likely to vote than whites. e. whites are more likely to vote than Hispanics. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 52. Reported voter turnout _________ as education __________. a. increases; decreases b. randomly swings; increases c. stabilizes; increases d. decreases; decreases e. stabilizes; decreases ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 53. Reported voter turnout _________ as age __________. a. increases; increases b. increases; decreases c. stabilizes; increases d. stabilizes; decreases e. decreases; increases ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 54. Which of the following groups tends to be overrepresented in the electorate? a. wealthier people b. people under the age of sixty-five c. very young voters aged eighteen to twenty-four d. the poor and homeless e. Hispanics ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 55. All of the following restrictions on voting have been loosened over time EXCEPT Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections a. racial restrictions. b. citizenship restrictions. c. sex/gender restrictions. d. age restrictions. e. property ownership restrictions. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 56. The right to vote a. has been expanded since the writing of the Constitution. b. has not been extended to those without property. c. has been given to aliens as long as they are registered to vote. d. can never be taken away. e. is taken away if one doesn’t vote in five elections. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 57. That women could vote in Wyoming in 1870, but not nationwide until 1920, is reflective of a. the national government imposing conflicting election laws on the states. b. states admitted later to the union having more power over elections. c. the willingness of states to violate national laws. d. the writers of the Constitution allowing states to decide who can vote. e. the national government imposing conflicting election laws on the states, and of states admitted later to the union having more power over elections. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 58. The requirements to register to vote include all of the following EXCEPT a. choosing a political party. b. being age eighteen or older. c. being a citizen. d. having residency where you register. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 59. Voter registration drives a. are a non-controversial political activity. b. became a political issue when Acorn, a community organizing group, was accused of violating election laws. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections c. operate under very loose laws in Republican-controlled states. d. are organized by public interest and political organizations in the week before an election. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 60. In 2013, the Supreme Court overturned portions of a. the Voting Rights Act, because race and politics no longer intersected. b. the Voting Rights Act, because its formulas were considered obsolete. c. the Voting Rights Act, because it could not be reaffirmed in Congress. d. the Federal Election Campaign Act, because corporations have rights to free speech. e. the Federal Election Campaign Act, because money is speech. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 61. Historically, __________ have been among the most powerful influences on public opinion. a. concerns about education b. privacy concerns c. concerns about war d. concerns about healthcare e. economic concerns ANSWER: e REFERENCES: How Do Voters Decide? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 62. African Americans today tend to be a. more conservative than whites on all issues. b. less liberal than whites on all issues. c. supportive of the Republican Party. d. somewhat conservative on certain cultural issues such as gay marriage and abortion. e. independents and not supportive of either Republicans or Democrats. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Do Voters Decide? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5 63. Detail the qualifications for someone to become president of the United States and discuss the implications these qualifications have on the candidates we choose. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Twenty-First-Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections 64. Discuss the impact of the Supreme Court's decision in Citizens United v. FEC, making note of the rise of super PACs and their effects on campaigns. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Twenty-First-Century Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 65. Explore the strategies devised by interest groups and parties to get around campaign finance reform legislation. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 66. Summarize the various legislation that has led to campaign finance reform and discuss the current campaign finance environment. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Financing the Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.2 - LO2 67. Explain the idea of a top-two primary election and discuss its implications if it were to be broadly implemented. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 68. Explain how the electoral college works, the situations in which it has produced controversial results, and the criticisms leveled against it. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Running for President: The Longest Campaign LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.3 - LO3 69. What should be the qualifications for voting in the United States? How tight should election rules be to prevent voter fraud? What would you do to prevent voter fraud? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 70. Discuss the effects of voter identification laws and argue whether these laws are a benefit or a harm to U.S. elections. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 71. Discuss voter turnout among racial minorities and use at least one other demographic factor to better explain this phenomenon. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 08 Campaigns and Elections 72. How has the right to vote been expanded since the Constitution was written? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: How Are Elections Conducted? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. Schmidt.19.8.4 - LO4
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 17
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress 1. The division of Congress into two separate assemblies is known as a. cameralism. b. unicameralism. c. bicameralism. d. multicameralism. e. the separation of powers. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 2. The people whom a legislator represents and spends considerable time and effort serving are called a. delegates. b. trustees. c. constituents. d. representatives. e. members. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 3. The founders of the American republic believed that most of the power that would be exercised by a national government should be in the hands of a. the chief executive. b. the legislature. c. the electoral college. d. the bureaucracy. e. the judiciary. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 4. Lawmaking is the major function of a. the House, but not the Senate. b. Congress. c. the Senate, but not the House. d. the President. e. the bureaucracy. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 5. The process of compromise by offering to trade support for a legislator’s bill if they support yours is called a. logrolling. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress b. earmarking. c. lawmaking. d. horse trading. e. pork trading. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 6. A representative who is performing the role of a trustee votes a. in the interest of his or her home constituents. b. in support of his or her political party agenda. c. on the basis of his or her own conscience in the broad interests of society. d. in accordance with opinion polls. e. based on vote trades. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 7. A representative who is performing the role of an instructed delegate is a. primarily representing the wishes of his or her constituents. b. supporting the president on all of his legislative programs. c. representing the broad interests of the entire society. d. supporting his or her political party. e. representing other members of Congress. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 8. A representative who votes in accordance with the wishes of his or her constituency is acting as a(n) __________, while one who pursues the best national interest, regardless of public opinion in his or her constituency, is acting as a(n) __________. a. trustee; instructed delegate b. instructed delegate; trustee c. trustee; ombudsperson d. instructed delegate; ombudsperson e. ombudsperson; trustee ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 9. Oversight is the process by which Congress a. follows up on the laws it has enacted. b. reviews the actions of subcommittees. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress c. chooses its leadership. d. supervises the activity of the judicial branch. e. passes legislation. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 10. The role in which members of Congress serve as brokers between private citizens and the federal government usually takes the form of a. trusteeship. b. delegation. c. casework. d. lawmaking. e. earmarking. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 11. All of the following groups of powers belong exclusively to Congress, EXCEPT a. establishing post offices and standards of weights and measures. b. borrowing funds and regulating commerce. c. raising an army and establishing courts. d. declaring war and commanding the military. e. regulating bankruptcy and currency. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 12. The necessary and proper clause a. has expanded the role of the national government relative to the states. b. has increased the powers of the state governments at the expense of Congress’s powers. c. was in the original Constitution, but was eliminated as a consequence of the Twenty-Seventh Amendment. d. has served to limit the expansion of national authority. e. is located in the Constitution in the text of the Tenth Amendment. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 13. One major difference between the House and Senate is the total number of members. As a result a. the House will spend much more time on a bill on the floor as opposed to the Senate. b. the Senate is able to decide on the proper action on a bill quicker than the House. c. a greater number of formal rules are needed to govern activity in the House. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress d. House members must sit on more committees than Senators. e. a constitutional amendment has been proposed to increase the size of the House and to reduce the numbers in the Senate. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 14. The committee in the House that proposes time limitations on debate for bills is called the a. Debate Committee. b. Rules Committee. c. House Ways and Means Committee. d. Debate and Censure Committee. e. Issues Committee. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 15. The rule under which a Republican Speaker of the House will not allow a bill to reach the floor for a vote unless it has the support of a majority of the majority party is known as a. the Boehner rule. b. the Hastert rule. c. the Ryan rule. d. the Pelosi rule. e. the Obama doctrine. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 16. A filibuster is a. an attempt to prevent the passage of a bill through the use of unlimited debate. b. an attempt to persuade others to vote for a particular bill in return for a favor at a later date. c. used in the House to force a standing committee to release a bill. d. a method used by the Speaker of the House to promote the majority party’s legislation. e. a technique that is unique to the House. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 17. A three-fifths majority of the __________ is required in order to __________. a. House; pass a bill into law b. House; impeach a President c. Senate; invoke cloture and end a filibuster d. Senate; pass a budget Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress e. Senate; filibuster a bill ANSWER: c REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 18. The concept of cloture refers to a. a method used to defeat legislation in Congress. b. a process that attempts to limit debate on a bill in the Senate. c. closed meetings held by both parties to elect their leadership or resolve other important issues. d. action taken by the House Rules Committee that must be approved by the Speaker. e. the resolution that adjourns Congress. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 19. A special rule that can be applied to budget bills sent from the House to the Senate is known as a. cloture. b. a filibuster. c. reconciliation. d. reconstruction. e. the Hastert rule. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 20. The process of suspending the rules of the Senate, thus ending the threat of a filibuster a. has always been favored by Democrats. b. has always been favored by Republicans. c. is known as the nuclear option. d. is very popular with the public at large. e. is known as the nuclear option, and has always been favored by Republicans. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 21. In 2013, ____________ exercised the "nuclear option" to ____________. a. Senate Republicans; allow passage of the House Republican budget b. House Republicans; override President Obama's veto of the Republican budget c. Senate Democrats; allow passage of all legislation d. Senate Democrats; allow confirmation of judicial nominees e. House Democrats; allow passage of all legislation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 22. All of the following are true of members of Congress EXCEPT a. they are disproportionately male. b. they are disproportionately white. c. they are, on average, about as wealthy as the average American citizen. d. more of them are lawyers than any other profession. e. they are, on average, older than the average American citizen. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 23. The Freedom Caucus in Congress is an example of a(n) a. party caucus. b. ideological caucus. c. demographic caucus. d. issue caucus. e. standing committee. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 24. If a United States Senator makes a false allegation on the floor of the Senate, he or she a. may be prosecuted by the Attorney General. b. may be punished by the Supreme Court. c. can be sued for slander. d. can only be subjected to penalties in his or her home state. e. cannot be sued and is not subject to any other legal action. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 25. Seats in the House of Representatives are up for election every __________, while Senate seats are up for election every __________. a. six years; four years b. six years; two years c. two years, three years d. two years; four years e. two years; six years ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress 26. It is common for a President's party to a. gain control of Congress during a presidential election year and lose control of Congress during a midterm election. b. gain Congressional seats during a presidential election year and lose seats during a midterm election. c. lose control of Congress during a presidential election year and regain control of Congress during a midterm election. d. lose Congressional seats during a presidential election year and gain seats during a midterm election. e. gain seats in Congress during every election. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 27. In midterm congressional elections a. voter turnout increases sharply. b. the president’s political party will usually gain seats in Congress. c. voter turnout falls sharply. d. the president’s political party will be unaffected unless the president campaigns for congressional candidates. e. incumbents are more likely to lose. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 28. Most incumbent members of Congress a. choose not to run for reelection. b. are defeated in primary elections. c. are defeated in general elections. d. successfully run for reelection. e. are term limited and cannot run for reelection. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 29. Reapportionment is a. the allocation of seats in the House to each state after each census. b. the redrawing of district boundaries within each state to ensure equal district populations. c. a court order to hold new elections because of voting irregularities. d. altering a legislative formula that apportions spending among the states. e. normally a bipartisan exercise. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 30. Redistricting is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress a. the allocation of seats in the House to each state after each census. b. the redrawing of district boundaries within each state to ensure equal district populations. c. a court order to hold new elections because of voting irregularities. d. altering a legislative formula that apportions spending among the states. e. normally a bipartisan exercise. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 31. U.S. House districts have to be as close as possible to equal in population a. in order to make it easier to determine the winners of the district. b. under the principle of one person, one vote. c. in order for each representative to have equal legislative power. d. in order for each representative to have an equal chance of serving on House committees. e. in order for each representative to have equal legislative power, and for each representative to have an equal chance of serving on House committees. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 32. All of the following statements are true about gerrymandering EXCEPT a. the issue of gerrymandering has been resolved. b. the term originates with tactics used by a governor of Massachusetts named Gerry. c. the tactic of gerrymandering is used to create districts to the advantage of one political party or another. d. the tactic of gerrymandering has been used for racial discrimination. e. the practice can cause excessive manipulation of the shape of a district. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 33. The drawing of legislative district boundaries in order to give one side an advantage is known as a. the coattail effect. b. incumbency advantage. c. redistricting. d. reapportionment. e. gerrymandering. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 34. In most states, congressional district lines are drawn a. by a small group of party leaders in the state legislature. b. by a non-partisan state panel of commissioners. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress c. by a non-partisan panel elected in special elections. d. by a group of retired judges elected by political party leaders. e. at a forum chaired by the state’s U.S. Senators. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 35. If a congressional district is challenged based on evidence that the lines were drawn as a racial gerrymander a. the U.S. Supreme Court will determine whether the evidence is sufficient to order the district lines to be redrawn. b. the U.S. House of Representatives will determine whether the evidence is sufficient to order the district lines to be redrawn. c. the U.S. Senate will determine whether the evidence is sufficient to order the district lines to be redrawn. d. a review committee created every two years by the president will determine whether the evidence is sufficient to order the district lines to be redrawn. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 36. Minority-majority districts a. are unconstitutional. b. were allowed after the Voting Rights Act of 1965. c. are districts in which a racial minority is the majority of the voting population. d. decrease the voting power of minority groups. e. were allowed after the Voting Rights Act of 1965, and are districts in which a racial minority is the majority of the voting population. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 37. Committee chairs and leadership positions in each house of Congress are based on a. the party of the President. b. seniority. c. which party holds the majority in each chamber. d. balancing power between the two parties. e. long standing traditions of assigning certain positions to members from certain districts or states. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 38. The most important committees in Congress are _________ committees, permanent bodies that possess an expertise resulting from their jurisdiction over certain policy areas. a. standing Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress b. select c. joint d. conference e. legislative ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 39. A temporary legislative committee established for a limited time period and for a special purpose is a a. joint committee. b. conference committee. c. standing committee. d. select committee. e. rules committee. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 40. The seniority system provides that a. members are awarded additional committee assignments in line with their seniority. b. the committee member of the majority party with the longest continuous service normally becomes the committee chairperson. c. members become party whips in order of seniority. d. members of the House can be appointed to the Senate to fill vacancies. e. the Speaker of the House is the member of the majority party with the longest continuous service. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 41. A ______________ is a permanent body established by a house of Congress, while a ______________ is appointed to reconcile difference between two different versions of the same basic bill. a. standing committee; select committee b. joint committee; conference committee c. select committee; standing committee d. standing committee; conference committee e. conference committee; joint committee ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 42. All of the following statements regarding the Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives are true EXCEPT that the Speaker a. is elected by a vote in the U.S. House of Representatives every two years. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress b. must be from the majority party in the House. c. presides over House meetings. d. is the most influential member of the U.S. House of Representatives. e. schedules legislation for vote. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 43. The powers of the Speaker of the House include all of the following EXCEPT a. presiding over meetings of the House. b. appointing members of conference committees. c. scheduling legislation for floor action. d. presiding over the conference of the majority party. e. sending legislation to the appropriate standing committee. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 44. The House majority leader is a. elected by the caucus of the majority party. b. selected by the president. c. chosen by seniority. d. chosen by the national party chairperson. e. chosen soon after their first election to Congress. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 45. The whips assist the party leaders by a. voting to support the party platform at the national convention. b. attempting to convince the general public that congresspersons should vote the party line. c. passing information to and from members of Congress in accordance with the desires of the leadership of the party. d. gathering research information. e. pressuring them to take positions popular among the party rank-and-file. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 46. In the absence of the president of the Senate, the Senate is presided over by a. the president pro tempore of the Senate. b. the Senate majority leader. c. the Senate majority whip. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress d. the Vice President of the United States. e. the Speaker of the House. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 47. The U.S. vice president also a. serves as president of the Senate. b. makes committee assignments in the Senate. c. casts tiebreaking votes in the Senate. d. serves as president of the Senate and makes committee assignments in the Senate. e. serves as president of the Senate and casts tiebreaking votes in the Senate. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 48. The real leadership power in the Senate rests in the hands of the a. president of the Senate. b. president pro tempore of the Senate. c. senator designate selected by the president. d. Senate majority leader. e. speaker of the Senate. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 49. After a bill has been introduced and referred to a committee, the committee a. to which it has been referred is required to pass the bill on to the entire house. b. is not allowed to make changes in the wording of the bill. c. may hold hearings and discussions to explore the merits of the bill. d. may give some bills to a subcommittee, although the Constitution requires that subcommittee involvement in legislation not exceed 25 percent of the total congressional workload. e. is required by the Constitution to consult with the president of the United States or the president’s officially designated legislative liaison. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 50. The job of a conference committee is to a. originate appropriations bills. b. reconcile House and Senate versions of a bill. c. set the rules of debate for a bill. d. determine the committee path of a bill. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress e. override a presidential veto. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 51. All taxing and spending bills must originate a. in the Senate. b. in the Rules Committee. c. in the House of Representatives. d. in the conference committee. e. from the president. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 52. A budget prepared by the president and submitted to Congress is called the a. executive budget. b. presidential budget. c. administrative budget. d. presidential expenditures report. e. executive expenditures report. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 53. The Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974 requires a. each member of Congress to inform constituents of their votes on appropriations measures. b. the president to spend the funds that Congress has appropriated. c. a balanced budget by the 2030 fiscal year. d. the president to present an executive budget. e. budgets to receive the approval of the American people before they go into effect. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 54. The federal government operates on a fiscal year that runs from a. January to December. b. April to March. c. October to September. d. July to June. e. September to August. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 55. The annual process in which all federal programs are required to review their programs and submit requests for funding is a. the executive budgetary process. b. the fiscal year. c. the spring review. d. the fall review. e. earmarking. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 56. One of the most powerful agencies in Washington, DC, the __________ assists in the preparation of the federal budget and monitors federal agencies throughout the year. a. Council of Economic Advisers b. Office of Management and Budget c. Department of Budget and Commerce d. House Ways and Means Committee e. Senate Budget Committee ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 57. The formal declaration by the appropriate congressional committee that a certain amount of funding may be made available to an agency is called a. authorization. b. appropriation. c. allocation. d. reconciliation. e. consolidation. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 58. A temporary law that Congress passes when an appropriations bill has not been decided by the beginning of the fiscal year is a(n) a. emergency resolution. b. budget extension. c. continuing resolution. d. preview budget. e. temporary budget. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 59. The two steps to the Congressional budgeting process are a. authorization and raising the debt ceiling. b. authorization and appropriation. c. raising the debt ceiling and appropriation. d. appropriation and earmarking. e. earmarking and authorization. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 60. In 2013, Congressional __________ refused to raise the debt ceiling, leading to __________. a. Republicans; a government shutdown b. Republicans; impeachment charges against Congressional leadership c. Democrats; a government shutdown d. Democrats; impeachment charges against Congressional leadership e. Democrats; the nuclear option ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 61. Compare and contrast the trustee and instructed-delegate theories of representation. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 62. Describe the enumerated or expressed power of Congress. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Nature and Functions of Congress LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 63. Compare the Hastert Rule in the House with the nuclear option in the Senate and discuss the implications of these for Congress as a democratic body. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 64. Discuss the demographic makeup of Congress and how it compares to the United States as a whole. What differences are there and what effects might these differences have? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 09 Congress 65. Explain the functions and rules regarding filibuster, cloture, and reconciliation. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: House - Senate Differences and Congressional Perks LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 66. Explain the process of reapportionment and explain how it is related to redistricting. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 67. Describe the history of the term gerrymandering and how it has been used in practice. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Congressional Elections and Apportionment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 68. Explain the role of committees in Congress and discuss their power in the legislative process. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 69. Explain the roles played by the members of the House and Senate leadership. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: How Congress is Organized LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 70. Explain the debt ceiling and discuss the ways in which it has become a political tool. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Lawmaking and Budgeting LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President 1. Supreme Court rulings appear to confirm that a. that most treaties can be nullified by the states. b. that only Congress can withdraw the United States from a treaty. c. a President can enact a treaty without the support of the Senate. d. a President can enact a treaty with the support of the House of Representatives. e. a President can unilaterally withdraw the United States from a treaty. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 2. If the United States cuts back on imports from foreign countries, the most likely result would be a. a return to the U.S. of high-paying manufacturing jobs. b. foreign countries cutting imports from the U.S. c. foreign countries giving in to U.S. economic demands. d. massive job growth in the U.S., as the country begins to make what it used to import. e. massive economic growth. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 3. Which of the following individuals is constitutionally qualified to become President? a. George, 40 years old, who was born in Florida but who spent his entire life living in Cuba. b. John, 32 years old, who was born to American parents on a military base in Germany. c. Abigail, 61 years old, who is British by birth but attained legal U.S. citizenship through naturalization. d. James, 37 years old, who was born in Texas to parents from Mexico. e. Alexander, 57 years old, who doesn't hold U.S. citizenship but lives in the U.S. legally as a resident alien. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 4. The Constitution states that the required minimum age for the presidency is a. twenty-five years. b. thirty years. c. thirty-five years. d. forty years. e. forty-five years. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 5. Which of the following best describes the people who have been elected president? a. older and from western states b. primarily Catholics and Jews Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President c. military commanders from the South d. white, male Protestants e. California natives ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 6. Which of the following is true? a. The religious faith of most all presidents have been of the Protestant tradition. b. Five presidents have been Roman Catholics. c. No presidents have been Roman Catholics. d. One president has been an avowed atheist. e. The religious faith of most all presidents have been of the Protestant tradition, and no presidents have been Roman Catholics. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 7. When no presidential candidate receives a majority of the electoral vote, the a. current president serves two more years and another general election is held. b. candidate who receives a plurality of the popular vote is elected. c. electors cast a second ballot to determine who will be elected. d. election is decided in the House of Representatives. e. election is decided in the House of Representatives, where the candidate who receives a plurality of the popular vote is required to be elected. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 8. A constitutional amendment to clarify the way votes are cast in the electoral college was necessary because a. there was no way to tell which votes were for president and which were for vice president. b. there was a tie in the electoral votes in the election of 1800. c. large states did not have fair representation in the electoral college. d. in three elections no candidate received a majority of votes for the president. e. there was a tie in the electoral votes in the election of 1800, and there was no way to tell which votes were for president and which were for vice president. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 9. All of the following Presidents won a presidential election despite winning less than 50 percent of the popular vote EXCEPT a. Abraham Lincoln. b. John Kennedy. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President c. Richard Nixon. d. Bill Clinton. e. Barack Obama. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 10. The ____________ Amendment to the Constitution requires the president and vice president to be chosen separately by the electoral college. a. Ninth b. Tenth c. Twelfth d. Twenty-Fourth e. Twenty-Fifth ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 11. Presidents and Vice Presidents are elected a. by the House of Representatives. b. by the Senate. c. by the Supreme Court. d. directly, through popular vote. e. indirectly, through the electoral college. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 12. The president, in the capacity as head of state, is responsible for a. determining the countries for which the United States will have diplomatic relations. b. engaging in activities that are largely symbolic or ceremonial in nature. c. conducting the foreign policy of the country. d. leading the legislative process by submitting legislation. e. administering the laws. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 13. In most democratic governments, the head of state is a. the chief executive officer of the nation. b. an office without any significant duties. c. the prime minister. d. someone other than the chief executive. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President e. the chief justice or other top judicial official. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 14. As chief executive, the president is constitutionally bound to a. enforce laws, treaties, and court orders. b. submit a balanced budget to Congress. c. inform Congress prior to any military action. d. oversee actions of state governments. e. honor pronouncements of previous presidents. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 15. The number of political appointments available to the president a. is constrained by the civil service system. b. puts the president in charge of deciding which individuals will occupy more than 50,000 jobs in government. c. allows the president to appoint a majority of the civilian appointments in the bureaucracy. d. is confined mainly to the military. e. has been dramatically limited by the use of the constitutional amendment process. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 16. The granting of release from punishment for a crime is called a(n) a. reprieve. b. congressional sanction. c. pardon. d. executive privilege. e. impeachment. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 17. A President can issue a pardon in which of the following circumstances? a. For all offenses against the United States, including cases of impeachment. b. For all offenses against the United States, except in cases of impeachment. c. For all offenses against the United States or any state. d. For all offenses against the United States, any state, or any locality. e. For all offenses against a state, but only after that state's governor has refused to grant a pardon. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 18. As commander in chief, the president is a. only a symbolic leader of the military. b. the ultimate decision maker in military matters. c. allowed to make military decisions, but only with the approval of the joint chiefs of staff. d. not responsible for military decisions. e. obligated to sit on the Board of Regents for the military, naval, and air force academies. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 19. As chief diplomat, the president a. is responsible for selecting judges to federal courts. b. is responsible for all actions within the executive branch. c. selects leaders of his or her party in Congress. d. negotiates treaties, recognizes foreign governments, and makes executive agreements. e. ratifies treaties. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 20. Treaties are subject to _________ before becoming legally binding. a. judicial review in the Supreme Court b. ratification by a majority of the states c. ratification by a majority of both houses of Congress d. ratification by a two-thirds majority of the Senate e. ratification by a majority of the states, and ratification by a majority of both houses of Congress. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 21. Executive agreements are a. not valid in foreign policy matters unless approved by the Senate. b. agreements between the president and a head of foreign government that do not have to be approved by the Senate. c. an unconstitutional expansion of the power of the president. d. binding upon future presidents. e. used to achieve trivial matters, since the most significant issues must be addressed by the Senate. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President 22. Which of the following statements about the president’s veto power is most accurate? a. The president’s veto is final and gives him or her complete control over legislation. b. Because vetoes are usually overridden, the power has become unimportant. c. The threat of a veto gives the president significant influence over Congress and legislation. d. The veto has been used by Congress to stop the president from signing legislation. e. Because vetoes are rarely overridden, the power has become unimportant. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 23. When the president receives a bill a. he or she can do nothing and in ten days the bill becomes a law without his or her signature. b. it automatically becomes a law. c. the bill goes back to Congress to make sure it is good enough to become a law. d. he or she can sign it and it will become law. e. he or she can do nothing and in ten days the bill becomes a law without his or her signature, or he or she can sign it and it will become law. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 24. A pocket veto a. can be used by a president only once during a term in office, although the veto can be used twice if the president serves two terms. b. can only be used when Congress adjourns for the session within ten days of the bill being submitted to the president. c. means that the legislation cannot be reintroduced in the next Congress. d. was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court in 1936. e. is a veto in which the president does not send a veto message back to Congress. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 25. All of the following about bills becoming law EXCEPT a. a bill signed by the President becomes law. b. a bill becomes law after ten working days, even if the President doesn't sign it. c. a bill vetoed by the President and not acted on again by Congress does not become law. d. a bill vetoed by the President can be overridden by a three-quarters majority in both houses of Congress, thus becoming law. e. a bill sent to the President with less than ten working days before Congress adjourns fails to become law if the President doesn't sign it. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President 26. Rewarding faithful party workers with government employment is called a. nepotism. b. pork barrel employment. c. executive perks. d. patronage. e. civil service. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 27. Presidential popularity a. is irrelevant to bureaucrats. b. has stayed within a small range since Gallup began measuring it. c. is of little concern to second-term presidents. d. is required before a president may claim executive privilege. e. is an important resource for presidents to use to persuade Congress to pass legislation. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 28. “Going public” a. means that presidents take their case to the public to persuade members of Congress to support their agenda. b. was rarely used by presidents in the 1800s. c. allows a president to explain complicated or controversial topics to voters directly. d. forces Congress to support presidential priorities. e. means that presidents take their case to the public to persuade members of Congress to support their agenda, was rarely used by presidents in the 1800s, and allows a president to explain complicated or controversial topics to voters directly. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 29. Presidential powers expressly given to the president by the Constitution are a. constitutional powers. b. statutory powers. c. established powers. d. inherent powers. e. emergency powers. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 30. Presidential powers derived from the Constitution stating that "the executive power shall be vested in a President" are Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President a. constitutional powers. b. statutory powers. c. expressed powers. d. inherent powers. e. emergency powers. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 31. President Lincoln's suspension of civil liberties at the beginning of the Civil War and the calling into service of the state militias in order to preserve the Union are examples of the use of a. emergency powers. b. constitutional powers. c. statutory powers. d. expressed powers. e. executive powers. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 32. Executive orders a. are merely opinions and have no force. b. are part of a president's executive power. c. have only been in effect since 1992. d. are part of a president's judicial power. e. are part of a president's legislative power. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 33. Executive privilege a. involves the ability of the president and executive branch officials to withhold certain information from Congress and the courts. b. means that members of the executive branch cannot be prosecuted for official acts. c. is the concept that has been applied to the president’s use of the pocket veto. d. allows the president discretion in making political appointments. e. was ruled unconstitutional by the Supreme Court in 1974. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 34. Executive privilege was limited by the Supreme Court as a consequence of a. the Sedition Act. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President b. World War II. c. Watergate. d. the Clinton sex scandal. e. the failure to find weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 35. A written declaration that a president may make when signing a bill into law is known as a(n) a. executive order. b. executive agreement. c. executive privilege. d. signing statement. e. signing declaration. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 36. The impeachment process begins with charges in ________ and concludes with a trial in ________. a. the House of Representatives; the Senate b. the Senate; the House of Representatives c. both houses of Congress; the Supreme Court d. the Supreme Court; the Senate e. the Supreme Court; the House of Representatives ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 37. In the history of the United States, no president has ever a. been impeached and acquitted. b. died while in office. c. been impeached and convicted. d. resigned. e. been impeached. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 38. The following two presidents are the only ones in American history to have actually been impeached: a. Andrew Johnson and Bill Clinton b. Richard Nixon and Franklin Roosevelt c. Andrew Johnson and William McKinley d. Thomas Jefferson and Martin Van Buren Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President e. Andrew Johnson and Jimmy Carter ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 39. A president's cabinet usually includes all of the following individuals EXCEPT a. the Vice President. b. the Secretary of Defense. c. the Attorney General. d. the Speaker of the House. e. the Secretary of State. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 40. Informal advisors to the president are called a. FOP, or Friends of the President. b. the kitchen cabinet. c. the Executive Counsel. d. the cabinet. e. the brain trust. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 41. All of the following are true of the president’s cabinet EXCEPT a. they include fourteen department secretaries, plus the attorney general. b. they can be replaced with a kitchen cabinet. c. they are heads of executive departments. d. it is thoroughly detailed in the Constitution as to what the cabinet should do. e. the cabinet is an advisory group selected by the president to aid in making decisions. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 42. The members of the cabinet a. are friends of the president that he or she invites to conferences on specific issues. b. are expressly identified in the Constitution. c. are all department secretaries who oversee administrative functions for the president. d. may include the vice president and other advisors if the president chooses to include them. e. are limited to one presidential term and then leave government service. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 43. A president's consultations with the cabinet are a. required by federal law. b. required by the Constitution. c. funneled through the vice president, as demanded by the Constitution. d. entirely at the discretion of the president. e. required by the Constitution, and must be funneled through the Supreme Court. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 44. In general, ______________ have relied heavily on the advice of the cabinet. a. both the House and Senate b. few presidents c. many presidents d. nearly all presidents e. nearly all presidents, as well as the House and Senate. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 45. The Executive Office of the President a. assists the president in carrying our major duties. b. is an advisory group made up of the heads of the fifteen major government departments. c. is overseen by the White House Chief of Staff. d. helps the president manage the media. e. tends to a president's personal political needs. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 46. The White House Office, the National Security Council, and the Office of Management and Budget are all part of a. the kitchen cabinet. b. the cabinet. c. the Executive Office of the President. d. the Council of Presidential Advisors. e. the system of checks on executive power. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 47. Staff members in the Executive Office of the President who oversee a particular policy area are commonly referred to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President as a. emperors. b. czars. c. dictators. d. autocrats. e. aristocrats. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 48. The office that includes most of the key personal and political advisers to the president is the a. Council of Economic Advisers. b. cabinet. c. Executive Presidential Office. d. White House Office. e. Domestic Policy Council. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 49. The person who directs the White House Office and advises the president is a. the vice president. b. the head of office. c. the chief of staff. d. the senior member of Congress form the president's party. e. the Secretary of the Interior. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 50. The Office of Management and Budget a. is now called the Bureau of the Budget. b. clearly affects the greater scope of the federal budget. c. publishes the budgets prepared by Congress. d. helps the president prepare the annual budget. e. is currently in the Department of the Treasury. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 51. The National Security Council is a link between a. Congress and the president. b. leaders of foreign governments and the president. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President c. the Security and Exchange Commission and the president. d. key foreign and military advisors and the president. e. state governments and the president. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 52. A vice presidential pick can be said to strengthen the ticket in all of the following circumstances EXCEPT a. bringing foreign policy expertise to a less experienced presidential candidate. b. bringing ideological credentials to a ticket in which the presidential nominee has been less ideologically pure. c. bringing conventional, establishment credentials to balance an insurgent presidential candidate. d. bringing an appeal to independent voters, for a presidential candidate who does well inside his/her political party. e. being a major and powerful influence to the Senate, by casting votes on every issue. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 53. The Constitution gives the vice president a. the job of presiding over the Senate and voting in case of a tie. b. many responsibilities independent of presidential authority. c. the job of chief of staff to the president. d. the right to use the veto if he or she has the approval of the president. e. the job of presiding over the Senate and voting in case of a tie, and the right to use the veto if he or she has the approval of the president. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 54. A vice president may become president in all of the following circumstances EXCEPT a. by winning a presidential election. b. because the president dies in office. c. because the president resigns from office. d. because the Congress appoints the vice president to the office. e. because a president is impeached and convicted. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 55. The __________ Amendment to the Constitution established procedures for filling presidential and vice-presidential vacancies and makes provisions for presidential incapacity. a. Eleventh b. Fourteenth Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President c. Nineteenth d. Twenth-First e. Twenty-Fifth ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 56. According to the Twenty-Fifth Amendment, if a president’s ability to discharge his or her normal functions is in question and he or she is unable to communicate a. the Supreme Court is empowered to select a physician to certify whether or not the president is able to perform the functions of his or her office. b. the Speaker of the House becomes acting president until the matter is resolved. c. a majority of the cabinet, including the vice president, can declare the president incapable. d. the president must be permanently removed from office. e. the vice president has the exclusive power to determine the president’s capability. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 57. If the office of vice president becomes vacant a. it remains unfilled until the next election, and the Speaker of the House becomes president if the president dies. b. the president nominates a replacement who must be approved by both chambers of Congress. c. the president names a replacement that is not subject to congressional approval. d. the president nominates a replacement who must be approved by the Senate. e. the secretary of state becomes vice president. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 58. The Twenty-Fifth Amendment a. was first used when President Ford appointed Nelson Rockefeller as vice president. b. has never been used. c. was a result of the long illness of President Carter. d. is only used when the Constitution explicitly says that it is applicable. e. was used by President Nixon when he appointed Ford as vice president. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 59. After the vice president, next in the line of succession is _____________, followed by _____________. a. the Speaker of the House; the secretary of state b. the secretary of state; the Speaker of the House Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President c. the Speaker of the House; the president pro tempore of the Senate d. the president pro tempore of the Senate; the Speaker of the House e. the secretary of state; the president pro tempore of the Senate ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 60. According to the ___________, the Speaker of the House of Representatives assumes the presidency when both the presidency and vice presidency are vacant. a. Second Article of the Constitution b. Presidential Succession Act of 1947 c. Congressional Joint Resolution on Presidential Succession d. Twelfth Amendment e. Twenty-Fifth Amendment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 61. Discuss the characteristics commonly shared by U.S. presidents, and discuss the prospects for deviation from the norm. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 62. Discuss the issue of what it means to be a "natural-born citizen" and how this affects the politics of the presidency. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Who Can Become President? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 63. Describe the difference between the president’s role as chief diplomat and head of state. Provide examples to support your argument. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 64. Describe the evolution of the president’s wartime powers, providing examples from various military activities through American history. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 65. Once Congress has passed a bill and sent it to the President, explain the possible outcomes for that bill. Be sure to discuss the role of both presidential powers and the timing of the legislation. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 10 The President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 66. Analyze the president’s functions as party chief and superpolitician. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Many Roles of the President LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 67. Explain the concept of executive privilege and how it has been used by the presidents. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 68. Explain executive orders, detailing their sources and powers, and contrast this idea with that of signing statements. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Presidential Powers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 69. Contrast the importance of the cabinet and the Executive Office of the President. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Executive Organization LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 70. Detail the reasons and ways in which a vice president may assume the presidency, without actually winning election to that office. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Vice Presidency LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch 1. What can be said regarding the structure of a bureaucracy? a. It is structured horizontally. b. A bureaucracy is void of any structure. c. Its design is general, rather than specific. d. It fails to designate any reporting structure. e. it is structured hierarchically. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 2. Polls show that Americans want __________ while also supporting __________. a. more government; major cuts to military spending b. more government; major cuts to social spending c. less government; major cuts to social security d. less government; major cuts to military spending e. less government; almost every specific government program ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT. SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 3. All of the following are true of bureaucracies EXCEPT a. bureaucracies can be found in government. b. bureaucracies can be found outside of government. c. private bureaucracies are usually headed by a single leader. d. public bureaucracies are not organized for purposes of profit. e. public bureaucracies are fully independent of Congress. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 4. Bureaucracy is the name given to a. a large organization, structured hierarchically, that carries out specific functions. b. any organization that has major problems when attempting to accomplish its goals. c. a group of people who work to enforce policies in a way that prevents quick results. d. any large branch of a government that has power to interpret laws. e. government organizations, but not to corporate or university organizations. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 5. One of the important differences between public bureaucracies and private corporations is that government bureaucracies a. are not organized to make a profit, whereas private corporations are. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch b. have a single set of leaders, whereas private corporations do not. c. are not organized hierarchically. d. are not intended to serve the citizenry as private corporations are. e. present an opportunity for career advancement, whereas private corporations do not. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 6. A model of bureaucracy in which bureaucrats are viewed as problem solving specialists, who use logic and reasoning is a. the acquisitive model. b. the Weberian model. c. the monopolistic model. d. the executive model. e. the rational model. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 7. A bureaucrat who tries to expand his or her budget is best explained by the __________ of bureaucracy, while one who uses logic and reasoning to solve problems within an organized hierarchy is best explained by the __________. a. acquisitive model; Weberian model b. acquisitive model; monopolistic model c. Weberian model; acquisitive model d. Weberian model; monopolistic model e. monopolistic model; Weberian model ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 8. The acquisitive model of bureaucracy holds that a. decision making should be a rational process. b. advancement should be based on merit. c. leaders of bureaucracies seek expanded budgets and larger staffs. d. bureaucracies should apply similar decisions to similar situations. e. bureaucracies should hold hearings before taking action. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 9. The monopolistic model of bureaucracy states that a. bureaucracies have no competitors and are therefore inefficient. b. decision making should be a rational process. c. advancement should be based on merit. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch d. bureaucracies seek expanded budgets and increased size. e. bureaucracies should apply similar decisions to similar situations. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 10. The belief that bureaucracies have no competitors and no reason to make themselves more efficient best describes the __________ of bureaucracy, while the __________ predicts that bureaucrats will try to "sell" their services by appealing to both Congress and public opinion. a. monopolistic model; Weberian model b. monopolistic model; acquisitive model c. acquisitive model; Weberian model d. acquisitive model; monopolistic model e. Weberian model; acquisitive model ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 11. The number of federal government employees has a. increased significantly in the last several decades. b. remained relatively stable for the last several decades. c. decreased substantially in the last ten years. d. grown to exceed the number of local government employees. e. grown to exceed the number of state government employees. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 12. Armed forces generally a. have characteristics of a judiciary. b. have characteristics of a legislature. c. have characteristics of bureaucracy. d. are not considered government personnel. e. are only a small number of government personnel. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 13. Government employment grew rapidly until a. the 1980 election of Ronald Reagan. b. the Great Depression. c. the 2000 election of George W. Bush. d. World War I. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch e. the Civil War. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 14. What was the effect of Ronald Reagan's presidency on the federal bureaucracy? a. Under Reagan, the elimination of poverty caused government employment to fall. b. Under Reagan, the expansion of the military caused government employment to rise. c. Under Reagan, the elimination of the agriculture department caused governement employment to fall. d. Under Reagan, the programs enacted because of 9/11 caused government employment to rise. e. Under Reagan, the elimination of revenue sharing caused government employment to fall. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 15. Which of the following statements are true about federal spending? a. The Social Security Administration accounts for nearly 75 percent of what the government spends. b. The U.S. Postal Service accounts for half of what the government spends. c. The U.S. Postal Service has been self-supporting for decades. d. The Social Security Administration is funded entirely by the states. e. Spending on social services accounts for the smallest portion of government expenditures. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 16. Which part of the federal government employs most of the government’s staff? a. judiciary b. legislative branch c. federal courts d. executive branch e. Internal Revenue Service ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 17. The __________ are considered to be line organizations, because they report directly to the president. a. cabinet departments b. independent regulatory agencies c. government corporations d. Weberian agencies e. staffs of Congress and the judiciary ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 18. Cabinet departments are a. created by the president and report directly to the president. b. created by Congress, but report directly to the president. c. created by the president, but report directly to Congress. d. created by Congress and report directly to Congress. e. created by other departments of the bureaucracy to serve unfulfilled needs. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 19. Parts of government that are directly accountable to the president are called a. line organizations. b. independent regulatory agencies. c. Weberian bureaucratic units. d. monopolistic bureaucratic units. e. government corporations. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 20. The major cabinet departments of government were created a. through congressional legislation. b. when the Constitution was initially ratified. c. by constitutional amendments. d. by executive order. e. through congressional legislation and by constitutional amendments. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 21. A(n) __________ is not part of a cabinet department, but still reports directly to the president, while a(n) __________ exists outside the major departments and is tasked with making and implementing rules within a specific area. a. independent executive agency; cabinet department b. independent executive agency; government corporation c. independent executive agency; independent regulatory agency d. government corporation; independent executive agency e. government corporation; independent regulatory agency ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch 22. Independent executive agencies are a. the most recent cabinet departments. b. responsible for regulating major aspects of the economy. c. federal agencies that are not part of cabinet departments, but report directly to the president. d. responsible directly to Congress. e. staffed entirely by political appointees. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 23. An independent regulatory agency exists ____________ and is responsible for creating rules and regulations _______________. a. within a major cabinet department; within a specific policy area b. within a major cabinet department; across a variety of policy areas c. outside of a major cabinet department; within a specific policy area d. outside of a major cabinet department; across a variety of policy areas e. within a major cabinet department; subject to the approval of the Senate. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 24. The Social Security Administration, Small Business Administration, and the Smithsonian Institution are examples of a. cabinet departments. b. independent executive agencies. c. independent regulatory agencies. d. government corporations. e. corporations subject to regulation. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 25. When the industry that is being regulated gains control over the agency that is supposed to regulate it, the process is called a. cooption. b. capture. c. complacency. d. collusion. e. pork. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 26. To some extent, __________ combine the powers and functions of all three branches of government, in that they make, enforce, and resolve disputes over the rules. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch a. cabinet departments b. independent executive agencies c. independent regulatory agencies d. independent legislative agencies e. government corporations ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 27. The Federal Communications Commission and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission are examples of a. cabinet departments. b. independent regulatory agencies. c. government corporations d. independent executive agencies. e. corporations subject to regulation. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 28. Amtrak, the U.S. Postal Service, and the FDIC are examples of a. cabinet departments. b. independent executive agencies. c. independent regulatory agencies. d. government corporations e. private corporations. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 29. Which of the following statements is true about government corporations? a. Profits from government corporations are distributed as dividends. b. Government corporations must pay taxes on profits. c. Government corporations do not employee many people. d. You can invest in both a private corporation and a government corporation. e. Government corporations do not usually have any stockholders. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 30. When a bank fails, the government protects customers by a. transferring customer deposits into another bank. b. having the FDIC take over the bank. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch c. stacking government employees on the bank’s board of directors. d. taking the bank’s profits and giving them to depositors. e. closing the bank and opening a shopping mall in that location. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 31. A business created by the federal government itself, which then sells part or all of the corporation's stock to private investors is a a. government corporation. b. independent regulatory agency. c. independent executive agency. d. government-sponsored enterprise. e. government-sponsored cooperative. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 32. It is difficult to change the bureaucracy because a. most presidents do not aspire to making major changes. b. it is difficult to fire civil servants, due to a lengthy appeals process. c. it is not clear to whom bureaucrats report. d. they make their own rules. e. each president fires and re-hires the entire bureaucracy, leading to a lack of experience. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 33. All of the following statements about political appointees are true EXCEPT a. they have been called the “aristocracy” of the federal government. b. they are sometimes appointed as a reward for campaign contributions or other political favors. c. they will probably occupy their position for a brief time compared to career civil servants. d. career civil servants sometimes ignore their wishes. e. their major source of authority is the ease with which they can fire civil servants. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 34. The awarding of government jobs to political supporters is called a. nepotism. b. political capital. c. the spoils system. d. the merit system. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch e. the Pendleton system. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 35. The spoils system of bureaucratic appointments was first implemented by a. President John Adams. b. President Franklin Roosevelt. c. President Bill Clinton. d. President Richard Nixon. e. President Andrew Jackson. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 36. The merit system refers to a. the selection, retention, and promotion of government employees on the basis of examinations. b. a system of checks on Congress intended to prevent discrimination. c. a process of selecting policies based on their value. d. a system that was used for hiring bureaucrats under Andrew Jackson. e. using work experience in lieu of educational qualifications when applying for federal positions. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 37. The Pendleton Act a. extended federal civil service protections to the states. b. reorganized the federal government and exempted a substantial number of government employees from civil service protections. c. increased the number of government employees selected by the spoils system. d. established the principle of employment on the basis of open competitive examinations. e. established a merit system during the Civil War. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 38. All of the following statements about the civil service are true EXCEPT a. the first limits on the spoils system came from the Pendleton Act. b. the Office of Personnel Management plays a large role in securing civil service employees. c. reform of the civil service first began under President Jimmy Carter in 1978. d. since 1993, civil service employees are allowed to participate in voter registration drives. e. today, civil service employees may make donations to political campaigns. ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 39. The Hatch Act, adopted by Congress in 1939, was created to a. encourage federal employees to run for state but not federal government. b. prohibit federal employees from switching political parties. c. prohibit federal employees from active involvement in political campaigns. d. increase federal employee participation in running voter registration drives. e. establish a patronage system during the Great Depression. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 40. As a consequence of the Federal Employees Political Activities Act of 1993, federal employees can do all of the following EXCEPT a. run for office in non-partisan elections. b. run for office in partisan elections. c. participate in voter registration drives. d. make campaign contributions. e. campaign for candidates. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 41. The Government in the Sunshine Act required that a. all federal agencies run by committees conduct their business regularly in public session. b. all federal agencies terminate after five years unless Congress grants the agency an extension. c. all federal agencies hold at least half of their public meeting outside of Washington, DC. d. at least 40 percent of upper-level positions within an agency be filled by females or ethnic minorities. e. all federal agency meetings on personnel problems or court proceedings be held in public session. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 42. The Freedom of Information Act a. requires government agencies to notify the media if they are exceeding their budget for the fiscal year. b. requires federal agencies to disclose information on file about an individual to that individual upon his or her request. c. provides for a statute of limitations on the Government in the Sunshine Act. d. requires executive agencies to release information to congressional oversight committees. e. was repealed after 9/11. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 43. The major beneficiaries of the Freedom of Information Act have been a. member of Congress. b. business lobbies. c. news organizations. d. activist groups. e. whistleblowers. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 44. The federal government must release at your request any information it has about you or other subjects due to a. the Freedom of Information Act. b. the Bureaucratic Transparency Act. c. the Bureaucratic Freedom Act. d. the Informational Transparency Act. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 45. Since the terrorist attacks of 9/11/2001, all of the following have happened EXCEPT a. the Freedom of Information Act was abolished. b. the FBI began restricting information about its activities. c. the military began restricting information about its activities. d. federal agencies removed many documents from public view. e. the trend toward open government has reversed. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 46. The concept of privatization refers to a. the replacement of government services with services provided by private firms. b. federal loan guarantees for small businesses. c. the hiring practices of the civil service. d. the replacement of federal government services with state or local government services. e. reducing the number of levels in the federal hierarchy. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 47. Privatization of government services has been most successful Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch a. when the economy is strong. b. when the economy is weak. c. at the local level. d. at the federal level. e. when the economy is strong and at privatization of government services is at the federal level. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 48. When government services are replaced by services from the private sector, this is known as a. out-contracting. b. outsourcing. c. capitalization. d. privatization. e. liquidation. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 49. The role of the Internet in government is believed to have done all of the following EXCEPT a. improved efficiency. b. reduced costs. c. improved communication. d. dramatically shrunk the size of government. e. raised privacy concerns. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 50. The Whistleblower Protection Act a. allows whistleblowers to take time off from their jobs if they are concerned with actions of their supervisors. b. allows the government to prosecute whistleblowers whose accusations have been unfounded. c. penalizes federal bureaucrats who participate in political activities. d. prohibits reprisals against whistleblowers by their superiors. e. for the first time established a relatively swift method for firing civil servants. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 51. Which of the following is true? a. A release of classified information that may endanger American soldiers is called whistleblowing. b. A release of classified information that may endanger American soldiers is called a leak. c. A release of information that calls attention to inefficiency or illegal action is called whistleblowing. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch d. The Obama administration has charged fewer people with leaking government secrets than most previous presidencies. e. A release of classified information that may endanger American soldiers is called a leak, and a release of information that calls attention to inefficiency or illegal action is called whistleblowing. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 52. Enabling legislation a. provides appropriations to federal agencies. b. is proposed by departments wishing to increase their budgets. c. is enacted by the president. d. provides authorization for new federal agencies. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 53. Bureaucratic agencies often decide for themselves how to carry out the wishes of Congress because a. legislation is often too vague to effectively guide the bureaucracy. b. presidents want to use the bureaucracy to circumvent Congress. c. they are enabled to do so by the legislation itself. d. legislation is often too vague to effectively guide the bureaucracy and presidents want to use the bureaucracy to circumvent Congress. e. legislation is often too vague to effectively guide the bureaucracy and they are enabled to do so by the legislation itself. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 54. When a regulatory agency like the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) publishes a newly proposed regulation, it must wait __________ days before it can be enforced, during which time the rule can be overturned by Congressional legislation. a. 10 b. 20 c. 45 d. 60 e. 365 ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 55. Controversy arose during the Bush administration when _____________ refused to issue regulations to implement _____________. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch a. the Department of Education; No Child Left Behind b. the Environmental Protection Agency; the Clean Air Act c. the Department of Labor; card check legislation d. the U.S. Postal Service; fiscal sustainability e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 56. Through negotiated rulemaking, federal agencies have begun encouraging businesses and public interest groups to become directly involved in a. taking responsibility for their own self-regulation. b. drafting the regulations that affect them. c. lobbying Congress to relax regulations. d. lobbying the president concerning bureaucratic reorganization. e. administering regulations. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 57. An iron triangle includes all of the following EXCEPT a. public opinion. b. bureaucratic agencies. c. interest groups. d. congressional legislators. e. public opinion and interest groups. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 58. Iron triangles are made up of a. economic interests, citizen activists, and government interest groups. b. lobbyists, interest groups, and court cases used to promote government action to help the interest of these groups. c. interest groups, legislators, and members of the bureaucracy working to promote and protect their mutual interests. d. political parties, interest groups, and voters who want their candidates to win. e. citizens who have contacted members of Congress, presidential advisors, and members of the federal bureaucracy. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 59. A group of individuals including legislators and their staffs, bureaucrats, interest group leaders, and experts, all Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch advocating for a policy position, is a. a bureaucratic council. b. an iron triangle. c. an issue network. d. a policy network. e. an issue pole. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 60. Congressional control over the bureaucracy a. can result in congressional hearings. b. includes the ability to force bureaucrats to testify before Congress. c. includes its power to refuse funding to administrative agencies. d. is met with skepticism by many pundits. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 61. Discuss the ways in which the bureaucracy has grown and shrunk over the history of the United States. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 62. Based on what you know of bureaucracy, craft an argument for or against any model of bureaucracy (Weberian, acquisitive, or monopolistic) as being representative of U.S. government today. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Nature and Scope of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.1 - LO1 63. Explain the idea of a line organization and detail how they work and where they can be found in the federal bureaucracy. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 64. Define the idea of an independent regulatory agency and discuss what these agencies do and why. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Organization of the Federal Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.2 - LO2 65. Discuss the ways in which the political participation and affiliation of federal employees has changed under the spoils system, the Hatch Act, and the 1993 Federal Employees Political Activities Act. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 11 The Executive Branch ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 66. Describe the evolution of the civil service with particular emphasis on legislation that implemented reforms in government employment policies. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Staffing the Bureaucracy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.3 - LO3 67. Explain the idea of sunshine laws, such as the Freedom of Information Act, and how government information has changed since 9/11/2001. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 68. Explain both sides of the issue of the privatization of government. Provide examples of ways privatization might make government more efficient and some of the unintended consequences of privatization. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Modern Attempts at Bureaucratic Reform LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.4 - LO4 69. Explain the concepts of iron triangles and issue networks. What could be done to change the iron triangles? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5 70. Describe the manner(s) in which Congress attempts to control the bureaucracy. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Bureaucrats as Politicians and Policymakers LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.11.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts 1. __________ observed in the 1800s that "scarcely any political question arises in the United States that is not resolved, sooner or later, into a judicial question." a. Alexis de Tocqueville b. Thomas Jefferson c. Benjamin Franklin d. John Locke e. James Madison ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 2. Common law is a set of __________ that originates in __________. a. judge-made laws; Germany b. judge-made laws; England c. Parliamentary laws; France d. Congressional laws; the Articles of Confederation period e. state laws; Pennsylvania ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 3. Most American law is based on a. French philosophy regarding the rights of man. b. the Bible. c. the English common law tradition. d. Roman law. e. the writings of Thomas Jefferson. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 4. If a judge rules a certain way on a case because prior cases of similar nature were subjected to the same rule, that judge could be said to be relying on a. precedent. b. judicial review. c. strict construction. d. broad construction. e. judicial activism. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 5. The doctrine of stare decisis Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts a. means to reverse the decision of a lower court. b. says that the court does not have jurisdiction in a case. c. allows the court to refer a case to the next highest court. d. is the policy of following precedent established by past decisions to decide cases. e. means strict interpretation. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 6. When the United States Supreme Court decides an issue a. all other courts are obligated to abide by the decision. b. all other courts consider the Supreme Court's opinion in their own decision making. c. each court can determine for itself whether the Supreme Court's decision applies to cases in its jurisdiction. d. Congress is required to pass laws that support that decision. e. it is written into the Constitution as an Amendment, if it raised a constitutional question. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 7. The U.S. Constitution a. is the supreme law of the land. b. is subordinate to state constitutions in many matters. c. does not specify the details of state and federal powers, instead leaving that up to Congress. d. outlines the details of various state criminal codes. e. outlines the details of court case law. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 8. Judicial interpretations of __________ provides the basis for __________. a. Constitutional principles; statutory law b. Constitutional principles; common law c. Constitutional principles; case law d. common law principles; statutory law e. common law principles; case law ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 9. State constitutions a. are exact copies of the United States Constitution, but applied to one state at a time. b. are combined to form the common laws of the United States. c. are supreme within their own borders, trumping the United States Constitution. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts d. are supreme within their own borders, as long as they do not conflict with United States Constitution. e. are invalid, due to the supremacy clause. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 10. Judicial interpretations of common law principles and doctrines, constitutional law, statutory law, and administrative law is a. called case law. b. called judicial review. c. a power of federal but not state courts. d. a power of state but not federal courts. e. not permitted of any court in the United States. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 11. The United States has a dual court system, meaning there are a. civil and criminal courts. b. misdemeanor and felony courts. c. state and federal courts. d. state and local courts. e. district and territorial courts. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 12. Federal courts have jurisdiction when a case involves a. a dispute between a state and a citizen of that state. b. a federal question or diversity of citizenship. c. a state constitution. d. a conflict between state and local law. e. precedent. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 13. Jurisdiction refers to a. rules and principles announced in court decisions. b. the authority of a court to hear and decide a particular class of cases. c. the constitutionality of a law. d. statutory law. e. common law. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 14. A question that has to do with the U.S. Constitution, acts of Congress, or treaties is known as a __________ question. a. justiciable b. political c. federal d. national e. legal ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 15. Standing to sue is a. determined by whether or not a court has jurisdiction over the matter. b. determined by whether or not the Supreme Court will hear a case. c. determined by whether or not a person or group has suffered harm as a result of the action that led to the dispute in question. d. the decorum that is expected in dealing with the Supreme Court during trial. e. also known as stare decisis. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 16. Most lawsuits and criminal cases a. are heard in federal courts. b. are heard in state courts. c. eventually are heard by the United States Supreme Court. d. raise new Constitutional questions. e. are of a class-action nature. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 17. A party that has litigated a case can be said to have a. filed an amicus curiae brief. b. brought the case to trial. c. no standing to sue. d. supported certain nominees to the federal court system. e. raised a federal question. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Federal Court System Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 18. In many cases, a third party to a court case will file a(n) __________, which supports a particular outcome. a. amicus curiae brief b. precedent c. question of standing d. litigation brief e. procedural opposition ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 19. U.S. district courts a. are courts of intermediate appellate courts. b. have final appellate jurisdiction to review cases. c. are the state courts. d. are the trial courts of the federal system. e. are courts of limited jurisdiction. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 20. In the appeals court a. witnesses and testimony are presented to the jury. b. grand juries decide if there is enough evidence to have a trial. c. attorneys from both sides try to work out an agreement. d. judges review lower court case records to determine if there is evidence of an error. e. All of these choices is true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 21. The U.S. Supreme Court can review a state supreme court decision a. if there are damages in excess of $50,000. b. only if a federal question is involved. c. if the solicitor general asks them to do so. d. in all cases. e. in cases in which the state is a party. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 22. The Supreme Court can serve as a trial court of original jurisdiction in cases Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts a. in which a state is a party. b. affecting foreign diplomats. c. involving a civil liberties complaint. d. in which a state is a party and in cases affecting foreign diplomats. e. in which a state is a party and in cases involving a civil liberties complaint. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 23. The number of justices on the Supreme Court a. is set by the Constitution. b. is set by the president. c. used to be six, but is currently nine. d. used to be fifteen, but is currently nine. e. is set by the Constitution, and used to be six, but is currently nine. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 24. The FISA court can a. issue warrants without revealing the information used to justify the warrant. b. deprive American citizens of their citizenship. c. rule laws enacted by Congress to be unconstitutional. d. strike certain provisions from the Constitution. e. direct the president to take certain actions in order to protect national security. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 25. The Anti-Terrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act that created an alien removal court was passed a. in 1996 as a response to the bombing of a federal building in Oklahoma City. b. in 2001 as a response to the 9/11 attacks in New York, Washington, DC, and Pennsylvania. c. in 2010 as a solution to dealing with prisoners at the Guantanamo Bay detention center. d. in 2000 as a response to the attack of the naval ship, the USS Cole. e. in 1993 as a response to the first attack on the World Trade Center in New York. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 26. The right to appeal one's case to the U.S. Supreme Court a. only exists to criminal cases. b. only exists in federal cases. c. only exists in cases where someone has been sentenced to death. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts d. exists in all cases. e. is almost entirely at the court's discretion. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 27. The Supreme Court will often hear a case if asked to by a. an interest group. b. a federal prosecutor. c. a defendant. d. Congress. e. the solicitor general. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 28. The most common way for the Supreme Court to take care of cases appealed to it is to a. decide on the case but not give an opinion. b. refuse to hear a case. c. grant a mistrial. d. hear the case. e. return it to the state court. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 29. A procedure used by the Supreme Court in determining which cases it will hear is a. the rule of four. b. the gang of four. c. the sign of four. d. the rule of six. e. the sign of five. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 30. A writ of certiorari by the Supreme Court orders a. both parties in a case to reach agreement without further litigation. b. state courts to abide by the decisions of the Supreme Court. c. a lower court to send up the record of a case for review. d. Congress to rewrite unconstitutional legislation. e. a prisoner to be brought before the court and the reasons for the detention to be provided. ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 31. If a case is remanded, it a. is sent to the supreme court of the state in question. b. is sent back to the court that originally heard the case. c. can only be of a civil nature—criminal cases cannot be remanded. d. must be decided within the calendar year. e. is not subject to any further action by the courts. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 32. If a case is affirmed, it a. means all justices unanimously agree on an opinion. b. is sent back to the court that heard the case. c. means the decision is valid and must stand. d. will result in a new trial for the defendant. e. is accepted as a case that the Supreme Court will hear. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 33. The last step in the decision-making process of the Supreme Court is a. announcing its decision to the public and the reasons for it. b. assigning a justice to write an opinion. c. deciding if the Court will hear the case. d. hearing oral arguments in the case. e. asking the lower court to send the records of the case for review. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 34. An opinion prepared by a judge who supports the court's decision but wishes to in some way clarify, emphasize, or offer different reasons is a. a majority opinion. b. a dissenting opinion. c. a concurring opinion. d. a plurality opinion. e. a unanimous opinion. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts 35. In all but unanimous cases, one of the justices who supported the winning side of a case will write a. a supreme opinion. b. a dominant opinion. c. a majority opinion. d. a concurring opinion. e. a dissenting opinion. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 36. A dissenting opinion can be important because it a. represents the position of the chief justice of the Supreme Court. b. is the statement of the defendant’s attorney to the Court. c. must be carried out by local police in criminal law. d. often forms the basis of the arguments used later to reverse the previous decision and establish a new precedent. e. means that the case cannot be used as a precedent. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 37. The number of cases that the Supreme Court reviews each term has a. increased dramatically since the early 1950s. b. hovered around 150 cases since the mid-1980s. c. remained constant since the Civil War. d. dropped significantly since the 1980s. e. increased 50 percent after George W. Bush became president. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 38. Judges and justices in the federal court system are a. appointed by the president with the advice and consent of the Senate. b. appointed by the president with the advice and consent of the House of Representatives. c. appointed by the president with the advice and consent of both houses of Congress. d. part of a seniority system that gradually moves them toward the Supreme Court. e. elected by the people every ten years. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 39. Unlike federal judges, states judges are Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts a. unable to be reappointed to higher courts. b. appointed by Congress. c. mostly racial minorities. d. mostly women. e. often chosen through elections. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 40. Federal judges are a. chosen in a secret process. b. appointed for life. c. elected by the people. d. chosen by Congress. e. appointed for a six-year term. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 41. The concept of senatorial courtesy refers to the a. Senate approving judges only if they belong to the same party that is in control of the Senate. b. practice of allowing senators to have the exclusive right to nominate candidates for the federal district courts in their state. c. practice of allowing members of the House to participate in the nomination process. d. practice of allowing senators to veto candidates for federal district courts in their state. e. Senate’s deferring to the president and routinely approving his or her nominees. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 42. Appointments to the federal courts of appeal are a. far less numerous than federal district court appointments. b. usually selected because of their important position in state government. c. less important than federal district court appointments. d. often “stepping-stones” to the Supreme Court. e. far less numerous than federal district court appointments, and are often “stepping-stones” to the Supreme Court. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 43. The chief executive officer of the bureaucracy of the federal judiciary is a. the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts b. the President. c. the Vice President. d. the Speaker of the House. e. the solicitor general. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 44. All of the following are true about presidential appointments to the Supreme Court EXCEPT a. presidents usually appoint people who belong to the president’s political party. b. presidents see their appointments as a way to institutionalize their political views long after they have left office. c. Republican presidents have usually appointed liberal justices. d. President Bush appointed two justices to the Supreme Court. e. President Clinton appointed many judges to the district and appeals courts. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 45. President Obama appointed a. Justices Sotomayor and Kagan, to replace Justices Souter and Stevens. b. the first Hispanic member of the Supreme Court. c. the first African American member of the Supreme Court. d. Justices Sotomayor and Kagan, to replace Justices Souter and Stevens, and the first Hispanic member of the Supreme Court. e. Justices Sotomayor and Kagan, to replace Justices Souter and Stevens, and the first African American member of the Supreme Court. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 46. President Obama has had a. ease in getting his judicial candidates approved by the Senate. b. difficulty in getting his judicial candidates approved by the Senate. c. ease in getting his judicial candidates approved by the House of Representatives. d. difficulty in getting his judicial candidates approved by the House of Representatives. e. difficulty finding qualified candidates for judicial appointments. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 47. The power of the courts to determine the constitutionality of a law or action is called a. judicial review. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts b. appellate review of fact. c. precedent. d. the writ of judicial appeal. e. habeas corpus. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 48. In the case __________, the Supreme Court first exercised the power of __________. a. Griswold v. Connecticut; broad construction b. Grutter v. Bollinger; judicial activism c. Brown v. Board of Education; judicial review d. Marbury v. Madison; judicial review e. Lawrence v. Texas; strict construction ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 49. If a Federal Circuit Court declares a law unconstitutional, the ruling applies a. only to that specific case. b. only within that court's jurisdiction. c. only at the federal level. d. only at the state level. e. to all applications of the law in the entire country. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 50. A doctrine holding that the courts defer to the decisions of elected officials is called a. judicial activism. b. judicial restraint. c. strict construction. d. broad construction. e. conservative activism. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 51. Judicial activism means a. the Supreme Court should accept as many cases for decision as it can. b. the Supreme Court should actively check the other branches of government when they exceed their authority. c. the Supreme Court should have the power of judicial review. d. the courts should defer to decisions made by the elected representatives of the people whenever possible. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts e. the members of the Supreme Court should deliver as many public speeches as possible, in an effort to engage and inform the American people. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 52. The Warren Court, through its use of ________ propelled the civil rights movement forward. a. judicial activism b. judicial restraint c. stare decisis d. judicial courtesy e. the appeals process ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 53. The notion of a "living Constitution" is often associated with a. judicial restraint. b. judicial activism. c. broad construction. d. strict construction. e. judicial restraint and strict construction. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 54. Though not always true, conservatism has often been associated with __________, while liberalism has been associated with __________. a. broad construction; judicial review b. judicial activism; judicial restraint c. broad construction; strict construction d. strict construction; broad construction e. judicial review; strict construction ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 55. The Roberts Court has been widely characterized as a. a liberal court. b. taking a broad constructionist view. c. neither liberal or conservative. d. philosphically in line with the Republican Party. e. a conservative court. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 56. The Supreme Court cases, Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission and McDonald v. Chicago, were victories for the a. political left. b. political right. c. gun control advocates. d. government reform advocates. e. political left and gun control advocates. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 57. The Supreme Court's power to enforce its own decisions a. is non-existent. b. is significantly stronger than that of lower federal courts. c. makes it among the strongest courts in the world. d. is called justiciable authority. e. is derived from the 12th Amendment to the Constitution. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 58. Refusal to fund a decision or passing a new Constitutional Amendment are examples of a. executive checks on the courts. b. legislative checks on the courts. c. popular checks on the courts. d. federal checks on the courts. e. state checks on the courts. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 59. Public opinion can serve as a check on the judiciary because a. people have the ability to vote federal judges out of office if they do not approve of the rulings of the courts. b. the public may pressure elected officials not to enforce an unpopular ruling. c. the Supreme Court typically polls the public as a basis for their decisions. d. the president will veto a Supreme Court decision if it is politically unpopular. e. Congress will override a decision of the Supreme Court with a majority vote in both houses. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 60. The Ledbetter Fair Pay Act of 2009 a. specifies penalties to employers for discrimination based on gender. b. resets the statute of limitations for filing an equal-pay lawsuit each time an employer issues a discriminatory paycheck. c. reaffirms the decision in the Supreme Court case, Ledbetter v. Goodyear. d. defines fair pay standards for different job classifications. e. was passed in response to employers dismissing female employees when becoming pregnant. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 61. Describe the sources of American law. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 62. Explain the principle of stare decisis and discuss how it relates to the wide variety of courts in the United States. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Sources of American Law LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.1 - LO1 63. Discuss the role of interest groups in the U.S. court system and describe how they can affect politics through the courts. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 64. Detail the levels of the federal court system, being sure to note the types of cases they hear and the forms of jurisdiction they possess. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Federal Court System LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.2 - LO2 65. Explain the process by which the U.S. Supreme Court decides to hear cases. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 66. Explain how the U.S. Supreme Court decides cases and explains its decisions. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Supreme Court at Work LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.3 - LO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 12 The Courts 67. Should federal judges serve for lifetime or be term-limited? Thoroughly explain your answer. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 68. Discuss the roles of presidential and Congressional party and ideological preferences in the judicial appointment process. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Selection of Federal Judges LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.4 - LO4 69. Explain the power of judicial review and relate it to the ideas of strict and broad construction. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5 70. Describe the ways in which our courts can be checked by other branches of government. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Policymaking and the Courts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.12.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy 1. The type of policy that seeks to define what is and is not legal is a. redistributive policy. b. promotional policy. c. judicial policy. d. supreme policy. e. regulatory policy. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Health Care as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 2. Social Security is an example of a a. regulatory policy. b. redistributive policy. c. promotional policy. d. judicial policy. e. supreme policy. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Health Care as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 3. All laws, government planning, and government actions that concern internal issues of national importance fall under a. regulatory policy. b. promotional policy. c. domestic policy. d. monetary policy. e. foreign policy. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 4. The policymaking process includes all of the following steps EXCEPT a. agenda building. b. policy formulation. c. policy adoption. d. policy implementation. e. policy renewal. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 5. The 2010 law that seeks to ensure health-care insurance for American citizens is a. the Medicaid Reform Act. b. the Medicare Reform Act. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy c. the Affordable Care Act. d. the Social Security Act. e. the Single Payer Act. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 6. The final dollar value of all goods and services produced in a one-year period is the a. employment rate. b. national debt. c. deficit. d. gross national product. e. gross domestic product. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 7. Since 1965, the share of the U.S. national income spent on healthcare has a. declined dramatically. b. steadily declined. c. remained level. d. increased almost every year. e. had equal periods of rising and falling. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 8. The federal healthcare program that covers U.S. residents over the age of sixty-five is a. the Affordable Care Act. b. Social Security. c. Medicaid. d. Medicare. e. S-CHIP. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 9. __________ is an example of an entitlement program. a. Amtrak b. The Department of Education c. Military spending d. The income tax e. Social Security Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 10. Policy formulation is a. the process of making the government aware that an issue requires action. b. the discussion of proposals between governmental officials and the public. c. the process of deciding on a specific proposal. d. concerned with the implementation of policy by bureaucrats, the courts, police, and individual citizens. e. the process of examining how a policy has worked in practice. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 11. The part of the policymaking process that involves choosing a specific policy from among the proposals that have been discussed is known as a. policy formulation. b. policy implementation. c. policy adoption. d. policy choices. e. policy determination. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 12. Policy implementation is a. concerned with how policies are carried out by bureaucrats, the courts, police, and individual citizens. b. the process of making the media aware of the issue. c. the discussion of proposals between governmental officials and the public. d. concerned with a specific strategy for the proposal. e. when studies are conducted to see what happens after a policy is implemented. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 13. Which is true of policy evaluation? a. If the policy is not working at the time of evaluation, then the policy is always repealed. b. It is the fourth step in policymaking and comes directly after policy adoption. c. When a policy has been in place for a while, evaluations are made inside and outside the government to determine if the program is working. d. ObamaCare has had extensive policy evaluation to date. e. There is a time limit to the period of policy evaluation. ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Healthcare as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 14. It is estimated that by 2050, minority groups a. will be replaced by a new wave of European immigration. b. will begin emigrating from the United States to other places. c. will be fully assimilated into the U.S. population. d. will earn more, on average, than the typical white American worker. e. will collectively constitute a majority of the U.S. population. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 15. It is estimated that the U.S. currently houses __________ unauthorized immigrants. a. two million b. eleven million c. twenty-eight million d. fifty-seven million e. over one hundred million ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 16. The hiring of illegal immigrants a. was made legal in 2010. b. is very uncommon due to a very small illegal population. c. is very uncommon, despite a large illegal population. d. has been against the law since shortly after the Great Depression. e. has only been against the law since 1986. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 17. Most Americans believe that the problem of illegal immigration is a. serious, but not a priority issue for government. b. an area urgently needing government reform. c. something that will never be resolved. d. not very important, but in need of minor government reforms. e. unimportant and a distraction from more important problems. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy 18. Americans' attitudes toward illegal immigrants and immigration, as reflected in opinion polling a. are overwhelmingly favorable toward illegal immigrants. b. are overwhelmingly unfavorable toward illegal immigrants. c. are mixed and sometimes contradictory. d. oppose states setting their own immigration policies. e. oppose police being able to question anyone about their immigration status. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 19. All of the following are true of the 2010 Arizona immigration law EXCEPT a. the law criminalized the failure to carry immigration papers. b. it required police to question anyone suspected of being an illegal immigrant. c. it penalized the transporting of illegal aliens. d. it was fully upheld as constitutional by the United States Supreme Court. e. it penalized the assisting of illegal aliens. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 20. During his first campaign for president, Barack Obama proposed a. English as the national language, to discourage illegal immigration. b. ending birthright citizenship for the children of illegal immigrants. c. a new minimum wage that would apply only to illegal immigrants. d. giving illegal immigrants a path to citizenship. e. English as the national language, to discourage illegal immigration, and ending birthright citizenship for the children of illegal immigrants. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 21. During President Obama's first term, _______________ were deported. a. almost no illegal immigrants b. only illegal immigrants from Latin America c. only adult illegal immigrants d. a number of illegal immigrants roughly consistent with prior administrations e. a record high number of illegal immigrants ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 22. In the 2012 elections, Latinos a. largely supported Democratic candidates, due to President Obama's plan to grant amnesty to all illegal Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy immigrants. b. largely supported Republican candidates, due to President Obama's record number of deportations. c. largely supported Democratic candidates, due to Republicans taking a hard line against immigration. d. turned out in record low numbers, due to disappointment with the Democratic administration's immigration policies. e. largely supported Democratic candidates, due to President Obama's plan to grant amnesty to all illegal immigrants and Republicans taking a hard line against immigration. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 23. Today, crime rates are a. growing quickly. b. much higher than they were in the mid 1990s. c. slightly higher than they were in the mid 1990s. d. about the same as they were in the mid 1990s. e. generally lower than they were in the mid 1990s. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 24. Which of the following is true? a. The United States experienced a great crime wave during the 1920s and early 1930s due to prohibition. b. Crime rates grew steadily in the twentieth century. c. According to historians, industrialization and urbanization contributed to the rise of crime. d. The Western part of the United States had less crime in the nineteenth century due to the fact that all citizens carried guns. e. During the Civil War, there was little crime as everyone focused on the war effort. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 25. Theft rates in the United States a. have declined substantially during the last two decades. b. are at their highest levels ever. c. have declined moderately since 1995 after rising rapidly for two decades. d. have remained constant for thirty years. e. have risen moderately since 1995 after declining rapidly for two decades. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 26. Each of the following statements about incarceration is true EXCEPT Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy a. the number of incarcerated people has grown rapidly in recent years. b. men are ten times more likely to be incarcerated than women. c. prisoners are disproportionately African American. d. the current incarceration rate is close to an all-time high. e. despite the large population of prisoners, the prison system is below capacity. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 27. The number of incarcerated persons in the United States a. includes an equal number of African American males and females. b. has increased requiring more prisons to be built. c. has declined in recent years. d. is greater in federal prisons than state prisons. e. is growing mostly due to arrests to prevent terrorism. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 28. The population group with the highest incarceration rate is a. non-Hispanic white men, ages 30–34. b. non-Hispanic African American men, ages 30–34. c. non-Hispanic Asian American men, ages 30–34. d. Hispanic men, ages 25–29. e. non-Hispanic African American women, ages 30–35. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 29. The number of persons held in jail or prison for every 100,000 persons in a particular population group is known as the a. prison rate. b. imprisonment numbers. c. capacity figures. d. incarceration rate. e. recidivism rate. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 30. Which of the following statements regarding incarceration is true? a. Incarceration does not prevent average predatory street criminals from committing additional crimes once they are out of prison. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy b. The majority of prisoners are incarcerated for their full sentence. c. Incarceration rates for African Americans are much lower than for any other ethnic group. d. The majority of people arrested and sent to jail have committed the crime of theft. e. Overcrowding is not an issue in prisons. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 31. High prices of commodities like oil provide an incentive a. to produce more of it. b. for producers to slow production to boost prices higher. c. to protect the environment. d. to develop new technology to extract the oil. e. to produce more of it, and to develop new technology to extract the oil. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 32. With regard to the issue of oil and energy a. the United States’ dependence on foreign oil is down sharply from just a few years ago. b. a new technology called fracking is allowing more oil to be extracted from domestic and Canadian sources. c. fracking can only extract oil, not natural gas. d. the United States gets nearly 80 percent of its oil and gas from foreign sources. e. the United States’ dependence on foreign oil is down sharply from just a few years ago, and a new technology called fracking is allowing more oil to be extracted from domestic and Canadian sources. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 33. The process of injecting water, sand, and chemicals under high pressure into rocks to release oil and natural gas is known as a. hydraulic fracturing. b. fracking. c. pressurized energy release. d. hydraulic fracturing and fracking. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 34. With regard to sources of energy in the United States a. wind and solar power make up about half of the country's energy. b. nuclear power plants are becoming more popular due to their low costs. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy c. coal is on the decline due to low natural gas prices. d. the country is becoming more dependent on foreign sources of oil. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 35. Ethanol is a fuel that is a. made from corn. b. subsidized by the government. c. criticized as inefficient to produce. d. related to rising food costs. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 36. Opening new areas for oil and gas drilling has in recent years a. been strongly supported by the Republican Party. b. been strongly supported by the Democratic Party. c. faced controversy due to major oil spills. d. been strongly supported by the Republican Party and faced controversy due to major oil spills. e. been strongly supported by the Democratic Party and faced controversy due to major oil spills. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 37. There is a great deal of skepticism about the existence of man-made climate change among a. Democrats. b. Republicans. c. scientists. d. the international community. e. environmentalists. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 38. On the issue of global warning, many Americans a. do not believe it is occurring. b. do not believe that it is caused by human actions. c. believe that it is caused by the government. d. do not believe it is occurring and do not believe that it is caused by human actions. e. do not believe that it is caused by human actions and believe that it is caused by the government. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 39. Despite the lack of federal government action, in 2011 a. CO2 emissions in the United States were down due to newer fuel-efficient cars. b. CO2 emissions in the United States were down due to newer power plants coming on line that used natural gas instead of coal. c. CO2 emissions in the United States were down due to tougher emissions laws passed by states. d. CO2 emissions in the United States were down due to a colder winter. e. CO2 emissions in the United States were down due to newer fuel-efficient cars, and due to newer power plants coming on line that used natural gas instead of coal. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 40. All of the following environmental actions occurred during the Obama administration EXCEPT a. the EPA was captured by interests of the coal and oil industries. b. the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and welfare. c. the EPA issued rules making new coal-based power plants nearly impossible to construct. d. President Obama prevented the Keystone XL pipeline from being constructed. e. President Obama issued new EPA rules to cut emissions from existing power plants. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 41. Which of the following statements regarding unemployment is true? a. When unemployment is increasing, it is a sign of a recession. b. Unemployment figures that estimate the number of unemployed are prepared by the U.S. Department of Labor. c. The published unemployment numbers fail to reflect the number of discouraged workers and “hidden unemployed.” d. Unemployment is defined as the inability of those in the workforce to find a job. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 42. Which of the following is true? a. A recession is defined as two or more successive quarters in which the economy shrinks instead of grows. b. A recession is defined as two or more quarters in which unemployment rates are above 7 percent. c. Unemployment is defined as the total number of workers who are not in the workforce in any given quarter. d. Inflation is defined as a sudden rise in prices for hot commodities such as gasoline and electronics. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 43. Keynesian economics advocates a. government control of markets. b. manipulation of monetary policy. c. the use of government spending and taxing to help stabilize the economy. d. acceptance of the theories of Adam Smith. e. laissez-faire economics. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 44. Fiscal policy a. is popular with conservatives. b. is an approach to stabilize the economy through control of the money supply. c. is controlled by the Federal Reserve Bank. d. is an approach to stabilizing the economy through government spending and taxing. e. requires that, during economic slowdowns, the government tighten its belt on spending. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 45. All of the following might be expected fiscal policies under a Keynesian approach EXCEPT a. running a budget deficit. b. lowering taxes to increase public spending. c. expanding government spending through new projects. d. government borrowing to fund programs. e. cutting both taxes and spending. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 46. The net public debt is defined as a. the total amount owed by all individuals, corporations, and governments in the United States. b. the total amount owed by the federal government to individuals, businesses, and foreigners. c. a percentage of the gross national product not to exceed 10 percent of all gross sales. d. money not available for use. e. the total amount owed by the federal government to individuals, businesses, and foreigners, as well as interagency borrowings within the government. ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 47. The Federal Reserve System was created by Congress to a. designate certain governmental powers as reserved for the federal government. b. provide a secondary military force in times of war. c. pay off the national debt. d. serve as the nation's central banking organization. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 48. Monetary policy includes a. using changes in the rate at which new money is put into circulation to alter national economic variables. b. using changes in the size of the federal budget deficit to alter national economic variables. c. regulating tax rates to ensure controlled growth and low inflation. d. the economic policies of the president and Congress. e. linkage of the consumer price index and the gross national product. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 49. Tight monetary policy theory dictates that when the economy is faced with inflation, the government should a. increase the supply of credit. b. increase taxes. c. decrease the supply of credit. d. decrease taxes. e. take complete control of the economy. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 50. A loose monetary policy is often enacted in order to a. fight inflation. b. encourage economic growth. c. reduce the supply of credit. d. raise the costs of credit. e. fight inflation and encourage economic growth. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy 51. All of the following are taxes paid by Americans EXCEPT a. the Social Security tax. b. the Medicare tax. c. the Veterans Support tax. d. state sales taxes. e. federal income taxes. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 52. The highest rate of taxation that one pays on the last dollar he or she makes is called the a. progressive tax rate. b. regressive tax rate. c. marginal tax rate. d. tax liability rate. e. temporary tax rate. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 53. In comparing the total amount of taxes collected as a percentage of gross domestic product a. Sweden’s rate is the lowest in the world. b. one of the countries with the highest rate is the United States. c. most countries in Europe have lower rates than the United States. d. the rate of the United States is around 26 percent. e. Sweden’s rate is the lowest in the world, and most countries in Europe have lower rates than the United States. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 54. Legal methods by which individuals and businesses reduce their tax liabilities are called a. regressive taxes. b. black holes. c. loopholes. d. tax credits. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 55. Tax loopholes allow individuals and corporations to a. reduce their taxable income legally. b. choose the state to which they will pay taxes. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy c. register formal complaints to the Internal Revenue Service. d. pay taxes only on investment income. e. commit crimes without fear of incarceration. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 56. With a progressive tax a. all taxpayers pay taxes at the same percentage rate. b. people with higher incomes pay taxes at a higher percentage rate. c. people with higher incomes pay taxes at a lower percentage rate. d. the tax burden consists mostly of property and sales taxes. e. tax rates increase by a set percentage every year. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 57. _____________ is an example of a progressive tax, while ____________ is an example of a regressive tax. a. The Medicare tax; the state sales tax b. The Social Security tax; the state sales tax c. The state sales tax; the Social Security tax d. The Federal income tax; the Medicare tax e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 58. The federal income tax is an example of ____________, while the Social Security tax is an example of ______________. a. a progressive tax; a regressive tax b. a regressive tax; a progressive tax c. a sales tax; a regressive tax d. a progressive tax; a sales tax e. a progressive tax; a capital gains tax ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 59. Which of the following is not a progressive tax? a. Social Security tax b. Medicare tax c. state income tax d. federal income tax Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy e. estate tax ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 60. Because of the __________, the United States does indeed have a __________. a. income tax; progressive tax system b. income tax; regressive tax system c. property tax; progressive tax system d. Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC); regressive tax system e. sales tax; progressive tax system ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6 61. Discuss the problems facing the American healthcare system prior to the implementation of the Affordable Care Act and they ways in which the Act does or does not address those problems effectively. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Health Care as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 62. Explain the stages of the policymaking process. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Policymaking Process: Health Care as an Example LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.1 - LO1 63. Assess the advantages and disadvantages of a nation having a substantial immigrant population. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Immigration LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.2 - LO2 64. Discuss recent trends in crime rates and detail the explanations given for these changes. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 65. Discuss the issue of incarceration rates in the United States and how they relate to the rates of crime in American society. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Crime in the Twenty-First Century LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.3 - LO3 66. Discuss the idea of energy independence and how or why the United States has moved in that direction in recent years. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 13 Domestic and Economic Policy REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 67. Explain the idea of climate change and the ways in which this phenomenon has become politicized in U.S. politics. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Energy and the Environment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.4 - LO4 68. Examine the federal budget deficit, why it occurred, and what measures should be taken to bring it down. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 69. Explain the impact of Keynesian economics on fiscal policy in the United States. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Politics of Economic Decision Making LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.5 - LO5 70. Explain the difference between progressive and regressive taxes. Would we be better served by simply employing a flat tax across the board? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Politics of Taxes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.13.6 - LO6
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy 1. Which of the following statements is true of the terror attacks of 9/11? a. Americans were forced to change their views of national security. b. One of the major challenges for U.S. foreign and national security policy became how best to respond to an attack on the United States by China. c. Americans found that the attacks on the World Trade Center had been planned and carried out by a terrorist network called al Qaeda. d. Americans still knew that regional conflicts in other parts of the world had no direct impact on the United States. e. Americans were forced to change their views of national security, and Americans found that the attacks on the World Trade Center had been planned and carried out by a terrorist network called al Qaeda. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 2. A nation's external goals and the techniques and strategies to achieve them are through a. foreign policy. b. diplomacy. c. aid. d. technical assistance. e. None of these choices is true. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 3. U.S. foreign policy may be carried out through a. diplomacy. b. economic aid. c. technical assistance. d. military intervention. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 4. Assistance to other nations in the form of grants, loans, or credits to buy the assisting nation’s products is called a. an in-kind subsidy. b. a tariff. c. exports. d. economic aid. e. military aid. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 1
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy 5. Foreign and domestic policies designed to protect the independence and political integrity of a country is a. a military alliance. b. collective defense. c. statesmanship. d. foreign policy. e. national security policy. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 6. Diplomacy refers to a. a title given to senior members of the State Department. b. a philosophy that sees nations as normally willing to cooperate. c. formal public meetings held by heads of government. d. the settling of disputes and conflicts among nations by peaceful methods. e. the manner in which the armed forces are deployed. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 7. Diplomacy can be successful only if parties a. have a history of successful diplomacy. b. are allies. c. are equal in their military power. d. are equal in their economic power. e. are willing to negotiate. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 8. The set of policies having to do with the U.S. armed forces is called a. the foreign policy process. b. defense policy. c. military-industrial policy. d. foreign assistance policy. e. diplomacy. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 9. Moral idealism is a philosophy that a. sees nations as normally willing to cooperate and agree on moral standards for conduct. b. mandates non-interference with the internal policies of sovereign nations. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 2
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy c. supports steps to establish a single world government. d. sees each nation as acting in its own interest regardless of moral considerations. e. contends that spreading Christianity ought to be a major goal of U.S. foreign policy. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 10. Political realism is a philosophy that a. sees nations as normally willing to cooperate and agree on moral standards for conduct. b. mandates non-interference with the internal policies of sovereign nations. c. supports steps to establish a single world government. d. sees each nation as acting in its own interest regardless of moral considerations. e. contends that spreading Christianity ought to be a major goal of U.S. foreign policy. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 11. If a U.S. president supports an allied foreign regime, even when that regime is non-democratic or oppressive of its people, that president is acting in line with a. humanitarian assistance. b. collective security. c. political realism. d. moral idealism. e. collective security and moral idealism. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 12. President Woodrow Wilson's proposal for _______________ was in line with _______________. a. the League of Nations; moral idealism b. the League of Nations; political realism c. the NATO alliance; moral idealism d. the NATO alliance; political realism e. the League of Nations and the NATO alliance; moral idealism. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 13. A person who sets off a bomb in a crowded place, harming innocent civilians, has engaged in a. diplomacy. b. foreign policy. c. defense policy. d. conventional warfare. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 3
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy e. terrorism. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 14. Terror attacks in the United States have included all of the following attacks EXCEPT a. against the World Trade Center in New York. b. against the Pentagon in Washington D.C. c. bombings to protest U.S. military involvement in Vietnam. d. the shooting of nightclub goers in Orlando. e. the use of chemical weapons at a sporting event in St. Louis. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 15. Goals of the al Qaeda terrorist network have apparently included a. getting U.S. forces out of countries in the Middle East. b. ending U.S. support for Egypt. c. independence for the Basque region of Spain. d. getting Turkish forces out of Cyprus. e. forcing the United States to withdraw troops from South Korea. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 16. The 1990 Persian Gulf War began as a result of the invasion of ____________ by ______________. a. Saudi Arabia; Iraq b. Kuwait; Iran c. Iran; Iraq d. Kuwait; Iraq e. Israel; Iran ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 17. The U.S. led invasion of Iraq in 2003 a. was a consequence of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait. b. was an attempt to capture Osama bin Laden. c. was done with the full backing of the NATO alliance. d. included Great Britain, Germany, and France as coalition partners. e. was done after failing to get UN Security Council approval for the military action. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 4
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 18. The three principle ethnic groups in Iraq are a. Sunni Arabs, Shiite Arabs, and Christian Arabs. b. Sunni Arabs, Shiite Arabs, and Kurds. c. Sunni Arabs, Shiite Persians, and Kurds. d. Sunni Arabs, Christian Arabs, and Kurds. e. Shiite Arabs, Shiite Persians, and Kurds. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 19. The relatively quick task of defeating the Iraqi military, during the 2003 Iraq War, was followed by a. the immediate establishment of a flourishing democracy. b. a return to dictatorship, led by the sons of Saddam Hussein. c. the coalition invasion of Iran. d. a short lived anti-coalition Kurdish insurgency. e. a long lasting Sunni insurgency, connected to Al Qaeda. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 20. The U.S. war in _____________ was fought against _______________. a. Afghanistan; al Qaeda and the Taliban regime b. Iraq; al Qaeda and the Taliban regime c. Syria; the Hussein regime d. Iraq; the Assad regime e. Afghanistan; the Hussein regime ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 21. As of 2016, U.S. troop levels in Afghanistan a. included only a few hundred support personnel. b. were down to about 10,000 troops. c. were increasing, to a projected level of 40,000 troops. d. were holding steady at 55,000 troops. e. included more than 100,000 troops. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 22. In 2011, Osama bin Laden was killed in his hiding place in Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 5
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy a. Afghanistan. b. Iraq. c. Iran. d. Pakistan. e. Saudi Arabia. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 23. The most hard-line group in Syria, which has the goal of ruling the entire world, is a. ISIS/Islamic State. b. Al Qaeda. c. Hamas. d. ETA. e. Palestinian Islamic Jihad. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 24. A major consequence of the Syrian civil war has been a __________, which has seen__________. a. genocide; the destruction of Syria's Alawite population b. genocide; the destruction of Iraq's Kurdish population c. refugee crisis; over a million refugees entering Europe d. refugee crisis; refusal by European states to allow entry to all refugees e. refugee crisis; millions of refugees entering Russia ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 25. The Cold War was an ideological, political, and economic confrontation between a. France and Germany. b. Britain and France. c. the U.S. and Russia. d. the U.S. and China. e. the U.S. and Soviet Union. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 26. All of the following countries are known or believed to have nuclear weapons EXCEPT a. France. b. Israel. c. China. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 6
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy d. Iran. e. Pakistan. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 27. Having conducted a nuclear explosion in 2006, __________ is the most recent addition to the nuclear club. a. Iran. b. Iraq. c. Pakistan. d. India. e. North Korea. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 28. Which country was NOT part of the group of nations trying to prevent Iran from becoming a nuclear power? a. the United States b. Russia c. China d. Britain e. Iraq ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 29. As a consequence of the Iran nuclear deal, Iran agreed to all of the following EXCEPT a. to give up its medium-enriched uranium. b. to cut its low-enriched uranium by 98%. c. to reduce its gas centrifuges by two-thirds. d. to keep a maximum of ten nuclear warheads for strategic defense. e. to allow inspections of its facilities by the International Atomic Energy Agency. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 30. North Korea a. has been of little concern for the United States since the U.S. involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan. b. has dismantled all of its nuclear weapons in exchange for food. c. pulled back on its treaty obligations and in 2009 tested a long-range missile capable of delivering a nuclear warhead. d. ordered UN inspectors to come back to the country to verify that all nuclear missiles had been destroyed and that it was only using nuclear devices for creating electricity. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 7
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy e. had its navy attacked by South Korean and a North Korean ship was sunk. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 31. The country that can exercise the economic leverage that might bring North Korea back to the negotiating table is a. the United States. b. South Korea. c. Japan. d. Russia. e. China. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 32. In 2001, the U.S. Congress endorsed China's application to join a. the United Nations. b. NATO. c. the Asian-Pacific Union. d. the Trans-Pacific Partnership. e. the World Trade Organization. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 33. The primary Chinese territorial concern is focused on a. Mongolia. b. North Korea. c. Japan. d. Hong Kong. e. Taiwan. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 34. The internationally recognized solution to the Israeli-Palestinian dispute is that a. the Palestinians resettle in Jordan with full compensation. b. Israel yields the West Bank and Gaza Strip to the Palestinians in return for security guarantees and Palestinian abandonment of any right of return to Israel proper. c. both Israelis and Palestinians should be part of a single state in which all citizens have equal rights. d. Israel yields the West Bank and Gaza Strip to the Palestinians; both Israelis and Palestinians may settle in either country. e. Israel should yield up all territory not granted to it by the UN in 1948, including all of Jerusalem. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 8
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 35. In January 2006, __________ won a majority of the seats in the Palestinian legislature, an alarming development since it has called for the destruction of Israel. a. the militant group Hamas b. the Kurdish People’s Liberation Front c. the militant group Hezbollah d. the Palestine Liberation Organization e. the extremist group Free Jerusalem Now ANSWER: a REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 36. The European Union faced a crisis in 2016 when the voters of __________ supported a movement for their country to leave the EU. a. Greece b. Germany c. Ireland d. Italy e. the United Kingdom ANSWER: e REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 37. There have been __________ in U.S. history. a. no declared wars b. 47 declared wars c. no undeclared wars d. over 125 undeclared wars e. slightly less than 50 undeclared wars ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 38. Presidents have been largely successful in getting treaties a. approved by the World Court. b. through both the House and the Senate. c. approved by the Supreme Court. d. through the Senate. e. approved by the State Department. ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 9
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 39. The State Department is a. directly responsible to Congress. b. not involved in short-term foreign policy. c. the executive agency that is most directly concerned with foreign affairs. d. responsible for making foreign policy, not the president. e. one of the largest cabinet departments. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 40. Foreign policymaking sources within the executive branch include all of the following EXCEPT a. the Department of Trade. b. the Department of State. c. the Department of Defense. d. the National Security Council. e. the intelligence community. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 41. The advisory group consisting of the vice president, secretaries of state and defense, director of the CIA, and others is the a. Diplomatic Council. b. Intelligence Council. c. National Defense Council. d. National Security Council. e. American Security Council. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 42. The government agencies that are involved in gathering information about the capabilities and intentions of foreign governments are collectively known as a. the Washington community. b. the armed services consortium. c. the intelligence community. d. the National Security Council. e. regulatory agencies. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 10
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 43. The key official member of the intelligence community is the a. Central Intelligence Agency. b. Department of Defense. c. Federal Bureau of Investigation. d. Drug Enforcement Administration. e. National Security Agency. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 44. Intelligence activities a. consist mostly of overt information gathering. b. are administered by the Department of Education since the main focus is intelligence gathering. c. play a rather small role in foreign policy formation. d. include covert actions carried out in secret that most Americans rarely find out about. e. consist mostly of overt information gathering, and include covert actions carried out in secret that most Americans rarely find out about. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 45. The Department of Defense a. is smaller than the State Department. b. was created in 1947, to gather all military activities under one department secretary. c. is headed by the military joint chiefs of staff. d. has consistently grown in size under every president. e. is staffed entirely by uniformed personnel. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 46. In 1973, Congress passed the War Powers Resolution, which a. required congressional approval before the president could dismiss the secretary of defense. b. limited the president’s use of troops in military action without congressional approval. c. extended the president’s power over the military. d. was necessary because of the increased threat of nuclear war. e. allowed the president to declare an unlimited national emergency. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 11
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy 47. The power of the purse means that a. the president controls the budget appropriations process. b. the Congress retains the constitutional power on spending authority. c. the military branch heads determine the budget allocations for defense spending depending on the cost of weapons systems. d. the president has the power to raise taxes in time of war. e. All of these choices are true. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 48. One potential congressional tool for ending a war is a. cutting funding for the war. b. negotiating peace treaties. c. replacing the secretary of defense. d. canceling weapons system orders. e. sending an ultimatum with unanimous signatures to the president. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 49. A major determinant of U.S. foreign policy in the formative years was a. that this country was destined to become a very powerful nation. b. that the United States has been very weak militarily. c. the influence of religion. d. the strength of the new navy. e. its interest in the Pacific. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 50. During the 1800s, the United States generally a. stayed out of European conflicts and politics but pursued an expansionist policy in the Western Hemisphere. b. pursued an expansionist and activist policy in both European conflicts and matters in this hemisphere. c. pursued an expansionist policy in European conflicts but stayed out of matters in this hemisphere. d. stayed out of both European conflicts and matters in this hemisphere. e. has been characterized as Pax Americana. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 51. The Monroe Doctrine stated that a. the United States would not accept any new European intervention in the western hemisphere and the United Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 12
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy States would not meddle in European affairs. b. the United States had the authority to intervene in the affairs of European nations if American interests were at stake. c. the United States would take action against the Barbary pirates in order to protect American lives and commerce. d. the United States would not wait to be attacked, but rather would take pre-emptive action against clear and present dangers. e. the United States would only conduct business with other nations by employing treaties. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 52. U.S. foreign policy toward Europe during most of 1800s was a. isolationism. b. interventionist. c. internationalist. d. one of détente. e. multilateral. ANSWER: a REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 53. After World War I, the United States returned to a state of “normalcy” in foreign policy, which meant a. a continued commitment to international peacekeeping. b. reassuring the public that the United States would act in the role of world policeman. c. a sharp increase in military spending in order to honor commitments made to the allied powers. d. a reduction in military forces and defense spending and a return to isolationism. e. the annexation of additional territory in the western hemisphere. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 54. American isolationism permanently ended a. with the onset of the Great Depression. b. with the bombing of the U.S. naval base at Pearl Harbor. c. when the United States entered the United Nations. d. when France and the United States signed a mutual alliance pact. e. with the Korean War. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 55. The United States was the only major country to emerge from World War II with Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 13
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy a. an addition to its territory. b. operational nuclear weapons. c. the same leader of government that it had when it started World War II. d. a weakened economy. e. an intention to expand its role in the world. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 56. Which of the following is true of the Soviet bloc? a. Its formation was the turning point in World War II. b. It helped to improve relations between the Soviet Union and the United States. c. It consisted of the Soviet Union and Eastern European countries with Communist regimes. d. It was designed to prevent supplies from entering West Berlin in 1948. e. It was the alliance setup by the United States and Western Europe to counter the Soviet Union. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 57. The doctrine of containment set forth by George F. Kennan a. proposed that the United States should seek to “roll back” Communism in Eastern Europe. b. was expressed in the Truman Doctrine enunciated by President Harry Truman in 1947. c. called for the United States to initiate arms reduction talks. d. said that the United States should seek to block the spread of Communism to additional countries. e. was expressed in the Truman Doctrine enunciated by President Harry Truman in 1947, and said that the United States should seek to block the spread of Communism to additional countries. ANSWER: e REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 58. During the Cold War, there was (were) a. continuous conversation between U.S. and Soviet military advisors. b. no direct military conflict between the United States and the Soviet Union. c. an occasional exchange of artillery fire across the East German/West German border. d. direct fighting between U.S. and Soviet ground troops during the Korean War. e. occasional dogfights between U.S. and Soviet fighter planes over Europe. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 59. All of the following statements about the war in Vietnam are true EXCEPT a. the number of American troops in Vietnam at the height of U.S. involvement was more than 500,000. b. the war was between the pro-west North and the pro-Communist South Vietnam. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 14
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy c. more than 58,000 American forces were killed. d. the U.S. involvement in the war caused contention at home and led to congressional efforts to limit the war powers of the presidency. e. the military draft was a major source of contention during the war. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 60. During Putin's period of control in Russia, all of the following have occurred EXCEPT a. Russian troops entered its neighbor Georgia. b. Russia annexed Crimea, which belonged to Ukraine. c. Russia has periodically shut off natural gas supplies to Europe. d. the transition of power to a leader from a different political party. e. Putin's move form the presidency, to the position of prime minister, and then back to the presidency. ANSWER: d REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 61. Describe the difference between moral idealism and political realism and provide examples of each from the history of American foreign policy. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 62. Explain national security policy and defense policy, making note of the difference between the two and using examples to demonstrate their features. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Facing the World: Foreign and Defense Policies LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.1 - LO1 63. Describe terrorism in the United States after 9/11 making sure to address the terrorist groups currently threatening the United States. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 64. Explain the rise of ISIS/Islamic State and discuss its connections to the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Terrorism and Warfare LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.2 - LO2 65. Describe the conflict between Israel and the Palestinians and the efforts to bring peace to this troubled part of the world. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 15
Name:
Class:
Date:
Chapter 14 Foreign Policy LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 66. Explain the role China plays in getting countries to abandon their nuclear programs. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: U.S. Diplomatic Efforts LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.3 - LO3 67. Explain the constitutional clash of powers between the president and Congress in the area of foreign policymaking. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 68. Evaluate the foreign policy powers of the president and Congress, and craft an argument about which you believe to be the true holder of foreign policy power in the U.S. government. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: Who Makes Foreign Policy? LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.4 - LO4 69. Will the relationship between the United States and Russia be substantially different from the relationship that existed between the United States and the Soviet Union during the Cold War? Why or why not? ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5 70. Describe the details of isolationist and internationalist foreign policies and argue which general policy is in the best interests of the United States today. ANSWER: Students' answers may vary. REFERENCES: The Major Foreign Policy Themes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: AGPT.SCHMIDT.19.14.5 - LO5
Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.
Page 16